Garmin | Cirrus Perspective SR22T | Garmin Cirrus Perspective SR22T Cirrus Perspective Cockpit Reference Guide for the SR20/SR22/SR22T

Garmin Cirrus Perspective  SR22T Cirrus Perspective  Cockpit Reference Guide for the SR20/SR22/SR22T
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ABNORMAL OPERATION
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyrights
Copyright© 2017 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 2647.M0 or later for the
Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin Integrated Avionics System. Where used, references to ‘SR2x’
are inclusive of the SR20, SR22, and SR22T. Some differences in operation may be observed
when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions. Always
refer to the FAA approved Airplane Flight Manual for a description of systems, limitations
and procedures.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062,
U.S.A.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business
Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR
U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road Xizhi
District,
New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied,
transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose
without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive
or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such
electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this
copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this
manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered
trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin ESP™, Garmin SVT™,
SurfaceWatch™, and Connext™ are trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its
subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Perspective+ is a registered trademark of Cirrus Design Corporation; Stormscope® is a
registered trademark of L-3 Communications;. AC-U-KWIK® is a registered trademark of
Penton Business Media Inc. NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc. Wi-Fi® is
a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio
are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively
“AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties, with respect to the AOPA information included in
this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Copyrights
AOPA does not warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or
otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the
software or related documentation, even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has
been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of
action, claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some
jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to
you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK
Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with respect to the AC-U-KWIK
information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is
provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or make any representations
regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK
Organizations and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless ACU-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses related to any actual or
alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the
datasets. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or
liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may
not apply to licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data
may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic control
altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used for
compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the sole
means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of
equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from aircraft or
ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near,
or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data link
weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data
for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link
weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) are only advisory in
nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain
avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for
appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Always obtain qualified instruction prior to operational use of this
equipment.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a
‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are
derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible with
the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: When using the autopilot to fly an approach with vertical guidance,
the autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set
in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve
the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, do not rely on the
accuracy of attitude and heading indications in the following geographic areas:
North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all
longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W.
(Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and
128° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85°
E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South latitude between longitude
120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New Zealand).
WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and
interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational
awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon
which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles,
or traffic.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the
Garmin SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means for
determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the
proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Do not operate the weather radar in a transmitting mode when
personnel or objects are within the MPEL boundary.
WARNING: Always position the weather radar gain setting to Calibrated for
viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. Changing the gain in weather mode
causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the
true intensity.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method of
flight guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does not
have NOTAM or ATIS information regarding the current active runway,
condition, or information about the position of hold lines.
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only a QNH
altimeter setting for height above mean sea level, or the standard pressure
setting, as applicable.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center.
Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and affect
the airworthiness of the aircraft.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not
reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment
may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is
subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS
equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is
on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source
of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or
blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer
to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures,
or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result in
nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to
differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen that
have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA are assured
compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs). A copy of the Type 2
LOA is available for each applicable database and can be viewed at http://
fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is
required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does
not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may be
presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in
accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations as
applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by
selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database
alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database
alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database
Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support.
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of
an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any
other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the
ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: The system supports approval of AC 120-76C Hardware Class 3,
Software Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) electronic aeronautical chart
applications. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source
(traditional paper or additional electronic display) necessary onboard the aircraft.
If the secondary source is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be
consistent with guidance in AC 120-76C.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the
Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing the
affected areas.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the
strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in the
strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear
after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate G1000NXi system power through at least one cycle in a period
of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system reboot.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of the
system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating guide.
Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s Guide for
this aircraft.
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain
Special Procedures. Prior to flying these procedures, pilots must have specific
FAA authorization, training, and possession of the corresponding current, and
legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special
Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific FAA
authorization to fly the procedure.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Software License Agreement
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD
BY GARMIN (“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries
(“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the software embedded in the Garmin
Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the Garmin
Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software
remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software
is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the
United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further
acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade
secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code
form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree
not to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or
reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative
works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any
country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Software License Agreement
BLANK PAGE
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Record of Revisions
Part
Number
190–
02184-01
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Rev.
A
Record of Revisions
Date
Page
Range
12/12/17
All
Description
Production Release
Added Bluetooth
Added WireAware
Added other GDU
20.70 parameters
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Record of Revisions
BLANK PAGE
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS...........................................................................................1
Flight Instruments...............................................................................................1
Supplemental Flight Data...................................................................................5
PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions...................................................... 6
SVT Operation..................................................................................................... 6
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM............................................................................. 9
Engine Display...................................................................................................10
Engine Page.......................................................................................................13
Engine Display (Reversionary Mode).............................................................. 18
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS......................................................................................19
COM Operation................................................................................................. 19
NAV Operation.................................................................................................. 20
Mode S Transponder.........................................................................................22
Additional Audio Panel Functions................................................................... 23
Audio Panel Preflight Procedure......................................................................29
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT....................................................................................... 31
Introduction.......................................................................................................31
Using Map Displays.......................................................................................... 31
Waypoints......................................................................................................... 37
Airspaces............................................................................................................46
Direct-To Navigation......................................................................................... 47
Flight Planning.................................................................................................. 50
Vertical Navigation........................................................................................... 72
Procedures......................................................................................................... 78
Weight Planning............................................................................................... 86
Trip Planning..................................................................................................... 87
RAIM Prediction................................................................................................ 88
HAZARD AVOIDANCE.......................................................................................... 91
Data Link Weather............................................................................................ 91
Stormscope......................................................................................................113
Terrain Displays............................................................................................... 116
TAS Traffic........................................................................................................123
ADS-B Traffic....................................................................................................126
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................... 131
Activating The Flight Director........................................................................131
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin iii
Table of Contents
Vertical Modes.................................................................................................132
Lateral Modes..................................................................................................133
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, GA).................................................... 133
Procedures....................................................................................................... 135
ADDITIONAL FEATURES.................................................................................... 137
SafeTaxi............................................................................................................137
Charts...............................................................................................................137
WiFi Connections............................................................................................ 146
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment.......................................................................148
Connext Setup.................................................................................................150
SurfaceWatch.................................................................................................. 151
Satellite Telephone and SMS Messaging...................................................... 152
Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP)...........................................................168
Electronic Checklists........................................................................................169
Auxiliary Video................................................................................................170
Position Reporting.......................................................................................... 171
Crew Profile.....................................................................................................172
ABNORMAL OPERATION.................................................................................. 177
Reversionary Mode.........................................................................................177
Abnormal COM Operation............................................................................. 179
Flight Instruments...........................................................................................179
Dead Reckoning.............................................................................................. 185
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS............................................................................ 189
System Annunciations.................................................................................... 189
CAS Messages................................................................................................. 190
Garmin Connext Weather Request Status.................................................... 197
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays and Annunciations.................. 199
TAS Traffic........................................................................................................209
ADS-B Traffic Annunciations/Alerts...............................................................215
SurfaceWatch Alerts....................................................................................... 217
GDL 69/69A SXM Data Link Receiver Messages........................................... 218
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................................................. 219
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages...........................................................220
Voice Alerts......................................................................................................221
System Messages............................................................................................ 222
APPENDIX...............................................................................................................241
iv Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Table of Contents
Updating Databases using an SD Card:.........................................................254
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux - Databases
page):............................................................................................................... 256
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:.................................259
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:..............................261
INDEX.........................................................................................................................I-1
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
v
Table of Contents
BLANK PAGE
vi Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Enabling/disabling or modifying Individual Vspeed
Reference Bugs:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired value to change. For the SR20
or SR22 only, this also includes the speed value for VY.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knobs to change the value for the selected item (‘On’, ‘Off’,
or set the desired vspeed value, if applicable).
4)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll as needed to highlight the desired selection.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the References Window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Additional
Features
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/disabling Vspeed Reference Bugs as a group or
restoring defaults:
Selecting the Altimeter and Vertical Speed Indicator units:
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ALT, VS datafield in the ‘Display Units’
Window.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Feet(FT,FPM)’ or ‘Meters(MT,MPS)’
and press the ENT Key. This setting affects altitude displays system-wide, in
addition to those shown on the PFD.
Turn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments. When
meters are displayed, the Selected Altitude is adjusted in 50 meter increments. If
a Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) has been set, this
altitude is also available for the Selected Altitude as the ALT SEL Knob is turned.
2)
If desired, press the ALT SEL Knob to synchronize the selected altitude to the
displayed altitude to the nearest 10 ft.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
1
Index
1)
Appendix
Setting the Selected Altitude:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux — System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Enabling altitude units overlays:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys..
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the Meters or Feet Softkeyto enable/disable the altitude overlays.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed in the
Barometric Setting box.
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the STD Baro Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in the Barometric Setting
box.
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
Or:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals
(hPa).
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
4)
2
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert Altitude in
the ‘BARO Transition Alert’ Box.
4)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Altitude
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude’ field.
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to accept or
press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
7)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO
Transition Alert Level.
8)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight Level
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
9)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Flight Level’ field.
Flight
Instruments
6)
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the ENT
Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Flight
Management
Selecting the Angle of Attack (AOA) display mode:
2)
Press the AOA Softkey.
3)
Press the On, Off, or Auto Softkey. Pressing the Auto Softkey shows the AOA
Indicator when the normalized AOA is 0.2 or greater, or when the flaps are
partially or fully extended.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
AFCS
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Additional
Features
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Adjusting the selected heading:
1)
Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
2)
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
Appendix
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to set the Selected Course.
2)
Press the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to re-center the CDI and return the
course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see
OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
1)
3
Changing navigation sources:
Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the
cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of
the PFD.
2)
Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2.
This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3)
Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
1)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Format Allowed’ in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENTKey.
5)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS
flight plan:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2)
Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to select the desired course to/from the
waypoint. Press the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to synchronize the Selected
Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
3)
Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing
pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again to change the bearing source
to GPS.
4)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey a third time to change the bearing
source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is optional).
5)
To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either Bearing 1
or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
4
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the
BRG1 Information Window.
3)
To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Displaying the DME Information Window:
Audio Panel
and CNS
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
Setting the Generic Timer:
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The Up/Dn field is now highlighted.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the UP/DOWN Window.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Up’ or ‘Dn’.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Start?’ is now highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘Stop?’. If the timer is
counting DOWN, it will start counting UP after reaching zero.
9)
To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field changes
to ‘Reset?’.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
11) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Displaying Wind Data on the PFD:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Wind Softkey to display wind data.
3)
Press one of the Option Softkeys to change how wind data is displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Additional
Features
10) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field
changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits are reset.
• Option 2: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed
Appendix
• Option 1: Wind direction arrow with numeric True direction and speed
components
To remove the wind information, press the Off Softkey.
5)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
4)
5
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and
bug:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP.’ ‘Off’ is selected by
default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next
field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to 59˚C)
6)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Activating and deactivating SVT:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the Terrain
Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the
Pathways Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with
the HDG LBL Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
SVT OPERATION
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
6
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the
APT Sign Softkey.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
Enabling/disabling Wire Obstacles on SVT:
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Wire Softkey.
Flight
Management
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Enabling/disabling SVT Field of View on the Navigation
Map Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Map’ Group options to ‘Field of
View’.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ page.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
While viewing the ‘Map — Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the page menu.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
7
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
BLANK PAGE
8
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
NOTE: Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Green bands on the instruments indicate normal ranges of operation; amber and red
bands indicate caution and warning, respectively. White or uncolored bands indicate areas
outside of normal operation. When unsafe operating conditions occur, the corresponding
displays, pointers, and labels change color corresponding to the level of the condition;
warnings also flash (except fuel at destination). If sensory data to an instrument becomes
invalid or unavailable, an amber 'X' is displayed across the instrument. However, the
numeric displays in the Fuel Calculation Box, TKS FIKI Anti Ice Box (optional), and the
density altitude in the Air Data Box are replaced with dashes instead of 'X's when the data
is invalid or out of range.
EIS
The system offers improved flight operations and reduces crew workload by
automatically monitoring critical system parameters and providing system alerts during all
phases of flight. The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays electrical, fuel, and engine
information on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD). EIS information can
also be fully expanded to an entire page by pressing the Engine Softkey. In Reversionary
Mode, the display-combines Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology with the EIS.
AFCS
EIS Display
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Figure 1 MFD (SR20)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
9
ENGINE DISPLAY
1
1
2
2
3
3
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Target
Fuel
Flow
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
(SR20)
Target
Fuel
Flow
4
(SR22 - Normal Aspirated)
Figure 2 EIS Display
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
4
10 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
1
EIS
2
3
Audio Panel
and CNS
4
Target
Fuel
Flow
Flight
Management
5
6
7
Hazard
Avoidance
8
9
AFCS
10
Additional
Features
12
11
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 3 EIS Display (SR22T)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Best Power
Best Econo my
Figure 4 EIS Fuel Flow Performance Indications
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 11
Index
Max Continuous Flow
1
Percent Power
Indicator (% Pwr)
Displays engine power as a percentage.
2
Tachometer (RPM)
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute.
3
Engine Manifold
Pressure Indicator
(Man "Hg)
Displays manifold pressure in inches of Mercury to
indicate engine power.
4
Fuel Quantity
Indicator (GAL)
Displays fuel quantities, in gallons, for the left (L) and
right (R) fuel tanks.
Fuel Flow Indicator
(FFlow GPH)
Gallons Used
Indicator (Gal Used)
Displays the fuel used in gallons.
6
Oil Temperature
Indicator (Oil ºF)
Displays engine oil temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit.
7
Oil Pressure Indicator
(Oil PSI)
Displays pressure of oil supplied to the engine in
pounds per square inch (psi).
8
Ammeter (Batt1 A)
Displays the battery 1 load in amperes.
9
Voltmeter (ESS Bus
V)
Displays the essential bus voltage in volts.
10
Cylinder Head
Temperature
Indicator (CHT ºF)
Displays the head temperature of the hottest cylinder
(CHT; cylinder number is shown below bar).
11
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Indicator (EGT ºF)
Displays the exhaust gas temperature (cylinder
number is shown below bar) (normally aspirated
models only, shown in Figure 2).
Exhaust Gas
Temperature/Turbine
Inlet Temperature
Indicator (EGT/TIT ºF)
Displays the exhaust gas temperature and turbine
inlet temperature (cylinder number or turbine inlet
side is shown below bar) (Turbo models only, shown
in Figure 3).
Left and Right
Turbine Inlet
Temperature
Displays the temperature at the left (L) and right (R)
turbine inlet (Turbo models only, shown in Figure 3).
12
Index
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour.
(SR20, SR22T Only) Displays a cyan target fuel flow
indicator for Lean of Peak to the right of the fuel flow
indicator strip.
(SR22 Only) Displays black band indicator for Rich of
Peak and Lean of Peak fuel flow targets. See Figure 4
for example of Max Continuous Flow, Best Power,
and Best Economy indications.
5
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
12 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Level 2
Level 3
Engine
Description
Anti-Ice
(Optional)
Displays Anti-Ice softkeys (optional -TKS
FIKI only; See Operational Note above).
Selects auto tank selection mode.
Right
Selects manual mode and opens the
right tank valve and closes the left tank
valve.
Back
Returns to the EIS Display and top-level
softkeys.
Removes bars and temperature displays
from the Engine Temperature Box.
Assist
Identifies EGT peaks.
Fuel-W&B
Fuel W&B Information.
Tabs
Resets fuel totalizer to tabs (usable fuel).
Undo
Resets to the initial usable fuel amount
shown on the Initial Usable Fuel Page.
Fuel-W&B
Displays the Aux - W&B Page.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 13
Index
Sets onboard fuel quantity to full.
Appendix
Full
Annunciations
& Alerts
DCLTR
Abnormal
Operation
Auto
Additional
Features
Selects manual mode and opens the left
tank valve and closes the right tank
valve.
AFCS
Left
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays full Engine Page and secondlevel engine softkeys; press again to
return to the EIS Display and top-level
softkeys (see the EIS Section for more
information).
Flight
Management
Level 1
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the approved flight manual limitations. This option is only available on
SR22 and SR22T models.
EIS
Pressing the Engine Softkey accesses the EIS - Engine Page, which displays all engine,
fuel, fuel calculation, electrical, air data, and optional ice protection information. Pressing
the optional Anti-Ice Softkey accesses the second-level softkeys. Pressing the Fuel-W&B
Softkey accesses the second-level softkeys.
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE PAGE
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Percent Power
Indicator (%
Pwr)
Displays engine power as a percentage.
2
Tachometer
(RPM x100)
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute.
3
Engine
Manifold
Pressure
Indicator (Man
"Hg)
Displays manifold pressure in inches of mercury to indicate
engine power.
4
Fuel Flow
Indicator (FFlow
GPH)
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour.
(SR20, SR22T Only) Displays a cyan target fuel flow
indicator for Lean of Peak to the right of the fuel flow
indicator strip.
(SR22 Only) Displays black band indicator for Rich of Peak
and Lean of Peak fuel flow targets.
AFCS
5
Oil Temperature Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and
pressure in pounds per square inch (psi).
and Pressure
Indicators (Oil °F
PSI)
6
Electrical Group
(Electrical)
Displays the alternator and battery current in amperes and
the essential and main bus voltage.
7
Fuel Calculation
Group (Fuel
Calculation)
Displays calculated fuel at destination, fuel used, fuel
remaining, time remaining, range (in nautical miles) and
economy (in nautical miles per gallon) based on the
displayed fuel remaining and the fuel flow totalizer.
8
Fuel Quantity
Indicator
Displays fuel quantities, in gallons, for the left (L) and right
(R) fuel tanks.
9
Air Data
Displays density altitude, outside air temperature (OAT) in
°F and °C, and international standard atmosphere (ISA)
temperature deviation.
10
Oxygen
Pressure
Indicator
Displays oxygen pressure in tank in pounds per square inch
(optional).
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
1
Additional
Features
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for engine operating
limitations.
14 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
11
Anti-Ice Fluid
Quantity
Indicator (TKS
FIKI)
TKS FIKI – Displays the quantity of anti-ice fluid remaining
in the left (L) and right (R) tanks in gallons (optional – See
Operational Note below).
Flight
Instruments
12
Engine
Temperature
Group (Engine
Temperatures)
Displays head (CHT) and exhaust gas temperatures (EGT) of
all cylinders in °F (all models) and turbine inlet temperatures
(turbo models only).
EIS
1
2
3
4
Hazard
Avoidance
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
Flight
Management
NOTE: Depictions of equipment may differ from the installed equipment.
Examples shown may not represent all possible aircraft configurations.
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the approved flight manual limitations. This option is only available on
SR22 and SR22T models.
5
AFCS
Additional
Features
6
Abnormal
Operation
12
7
9
Appendix
Figure 5 Engine Page (SR20)
Annunciations
& Alerts
8
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 15
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
2
3
4
5
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
1
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
6
12
7
8
11
9
AFCS
10
Additional
Features
Figure 6 Engine Page (SR22) with TKS FIKI and Oxygen
2
3
4
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
5
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
1
6
12
7
11
8
Index
10
9
Figure 7 Engine Page (SR22T) with TKS FIKI and Oxygen
16 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
Adjusting the fuel totalizer quantity:
Press the Engine Softkey to display the Engine Page.
2)
Press the Fuel — W&B Softkey to access the Initial Usable Fuel Page.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob (small knob adjusts in 1 gallon increments and large knob in
10 gallon increments) to increase or decrease the initial usable fuel displayed.
Calculated
Time
Remaining
Fuel
Remaining
Calculated
Range
Flight
Management
Calculated
Econo my
Audio Panel
and CNS
Calculated
Fuel Used
EIS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 8 Fuel Calculation Group
AFCS
Change in
Fuel Level
Additional
Features
Compu ted
Fuel Remaining
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press Engine softkey to display the Engine Page.
2)
Press the Assist Softkey to identify peaks.
Appendix
Accessing Leaning Assist Mode:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 9 Full Fuel (SR22 shown as example) Initial Usable Fuel Page
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 17
ENGINE DISPLAY (REVERSIONARY MODE)
In reversionary mode, the display combines PFD symbology with the EIS Display (refer
to the System Overview for information about display Reversionary Mode).
In reversionary mode, the EIS is separated into two displays: Engine (identical to the
normal EIS Display on the MFD) and System. For a description of the EIS Display, refer to
Section 3.1. The System Display shows various system parameters and fuel calculations.
EIS Display
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Figure 10 Reversionary Mode (SR22T)
18 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
COM OPERATION
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4)
Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
Manually tuning a COM frequency from the Control Unit:
Press the COM Key to select the COM frequency box.
2)
Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to tune the desired frequency in the
COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
3)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM
frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Frequency
Field.
4)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active
Frequency Field.
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob or pressing the appropriate softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the Load Frequency options Menu.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A
list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from
the PFD:
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency (large knob for MHz; small
knob for kHz).
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 19
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired COM radio field in which to load the
frequency.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the selected COM radio
field.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
1)
From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, press the MENU
Key to display the page menu.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the frequency options.
5)
Press the ENT Key to display the Load Frequency options Menu.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired COM radio field in which to load the
frequency.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the selected COM radio
field.
1)
Select the Aux – System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM
Configuration Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
NAV OPERATION
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1)
Rotate the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4)
Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
20 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Press the NAV Key to select the NAV frequency box.
2)
Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV
Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
3)
Press the Frequency TransferKey to transfer the frequency to the active field.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV
frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the Load Frequency options window.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired NAV radio field in which to load the
frequency.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the selected NAV radio field.
Hazard
Avoidance
From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob, or by pressing the appropriate softkey.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Manually tuning a NAV frequency from the Control Unit:
Or:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4)
Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to display the Load Frequency options window.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired NAV radio field in which to load the
frequency.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the selected NAV radio field.
Additional
Features
When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 21
Index
Figure 11 Nearest Pages Menu
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
1)
Press theDME Softkey to display the DME Tuning Window.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Selecting a transponder mode:
1)
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2)
Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
1)
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2)
Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for
digit entry.
3)
Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the
code, the next softkey in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the
entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the BKSP Softkey
moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the
fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code becomes active.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
MODE S TRANSPONDER
Figure 12 Entering a Code
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1)
Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable
code entry.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4)
Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Entering a Code
22 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Press the XPDRand the Code Softkeys on the PFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two code digits.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4)
Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Entering a transponder code with the Control Unit FMS
Knob
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 13 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
EIS
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
Flight
Instruments
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Speaker
Split-PA Mode
Appendix
During Split-PA Mode the pilot can continue to use the radio(s) while the copilot
delivers PA announcements. To initiate Split-PA Mode, first enter Split-COM Mode by
pressing more than one MIC Key simultaneously, then press and hold the SPKR Key for
2 seconds.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press and hold the SPKR Key for 2 seconds to initiate Passenger Address Mode. PA
Mode is annunciated by a rapid blinking of the SPKR annunciator. When in PA Mode
the crew can use the PTT “Push-to-Talk” button to deliver announcements over the
speaker, to the passenger headsets, or both depending on configuration.
Abnormal
Operation
Passenger Address Mode (PA Mode)
Additional
Features
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and
deselects the cabin speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed.
Intercom
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 23
Index
The GMA 350 includes a six-position intercom system (ICS), one music input, and one
telephone/entertainment input for the pilot, copilot and passengers. The intercom
provides Pilot, Copilot, and Passenger audio isolation.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
Figure 14 Intercom Controls
Press the PILOT, COPLT, and/or PASS Keys to distribute as required. If the
annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom audio. If an annunciator is NOT
lit that position is isolated from the others.
Copilot Configured as Crew or Passenger
NOTE: When the copilot position is configured as a passenger, the COPLT Key is
disabled and the copilot headset is treated as a ‘passenger’ for intercom and
entertainment audio distribution.
The copilot position can be configured as crew (COPLT Key enabled) or as a
passenger (COPLT Key disabled). Pressing and holding the COPLT Key toggles the
copilot position configuration between passenger and crew. The aural message “Copilot
Configured as Passenger” or “Copilot Configured as Crew” is heard.
Intercom Modes
ALL INTERCOM MODE
In ‘All Intercom’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear each other and hear
the aircraft audio.
PILOT ISOLATE MODE
In ‘Pilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Copilot and Passengers also hear each other.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
NOTE: In the following modes the copilot position is configured as crew.
24 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
In ‘Passenger/Crew Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and
each other. The Passengers hear each other.
Flight
Instruments
PASSENGER/CREW ISOLATE MODE
EIS
Hazard
Avoidance
ALL ISOLATE MODE
Flight
Management
In ‘Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Pilot and Passengers also hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use
Split-COM mode.
Audio Panel
and CNS
COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
In ‘All Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio. The Copilot has
the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each other.
AFCS
Appendix
In ‘Pilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio.
The Passengers hear each other.
Annunciations
& Alerts
PILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
Abnormal
Operation
In ‘Pilot & Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft
audio. The Passengers hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM
mode.
Additional
Features
PILOT & COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 25
COPILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
In ‘Copilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot can hear the aircraft
audio. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each
other.
Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment
Distribution)
The music (MUSIC) and telephone/entertainment (
) audio are distributed using
the Blue-Select Mode. The following example indicates that the pilot, copilot, and
passengers will all hear the telephone/entertainment audio.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
Additional
Features
The annunciator over the
Button will be flashing blue. Any combination of the
annunciators over the PILOT, COPLT, and PASS buttons may be blue. Select the
desired button to turn the blue annunciator on or off to distribute the telephone audio
to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large knob to select MUS, and select the
crew/passenger positions to receive the music audio.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pressing the small knob when the volume control
cursor (flashing white annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is active,
press the small knob twice. The first press will cancel the volume control cursor, the
second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 15 Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment Distribution)
Selecting any button other than PILOT, COPLT, PASS, MUS or
will cancel BlueSelect Mode. Pressing the small knob will also cancel Blue-Select Mode. After
approximately ten seconds with no input, the Blue-Select Mode will automatically
cancel.
Index
ADJUSTING INTERCOM VOLUME
When the cursor is on PILOT, COPLT, or PASS, the Volume Control Knob adjusts
the intercom volume for the listener.
26 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
When the cursor is on SPKR, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the speaker
volume of the selected sources (COM, NAV, AUX, MKR). Alert volumes are not
affected by the speaker volume control knob.
, AND MUS VOLUME
ADJUSTING MANUAL SQUELCH
Relative Volume/
Squelch Scale
Hazard
Avoidance
Manual Squelch Annunciator; Off for
Automatic Squelch, On for Manual Squelch
Flight
Management
When the cursor is on MAN SQ, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the ICS
Squelch Threshold (the volume level that must be exceeded to be heard over the
intercom).
Audio Panel
and CNS
When the cursor is on MKR, AUX,
, MUS1, or MUS2 the Volume Control
Knob adjusts the individual volume of the selected source.
EIS
ADJUSTING MKR, AUX,
Flight
Instruments
ADJUSTING SPEAKER VOLUME
AFCS
Volume or Manual Squelch
Cursor
Additional
Features
Figure 16 Volume/Squelch Control
Clearance Recorder and Player
Appendix
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM
input signal is detected during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Annunciations
& Alerts
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest
recorded memory block. Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the
previously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the
previously recorded memory block.
Abnormal
Operation
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of
the selected COM radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks.
Once 2.5 minutes of recording time have been reached, the recorder begins recording over
the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest block.
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 27
Split-COM Operation
NOTE: Split COM performance is affected by the distance between the COM
antennas and the separation of the tuned frequencies. If the selected COM1 and
COM2 frequencies are too close together, interference may be heard during
transmission on the other radio.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
During Split COM operation, both the pilot and the copilot can transmit
simultaneously over separate radios. In Split COM mode, the pilot uses COM1 and the
copilot uses COM2.
Pressing both MIC Keys simultaneously initiates Split COM Mode (i.e., COM1/COM2).
The respective COM1/MIC1 or COM2/MIC2 annunciators are illuminated indicating Split
COM operation. Split COM operation is cancelled by pressing one of the selected MIC
Keys again.
Entertainment Inputs
The audio panel provides three stereo telephone/entertainment inputs:
•
)controls a telephone or entertainment device
The telephone/entertainment Key (
connected to the rear of the audio panel or to the Front Panel Jack. For GSR 56
equipped aircraft, the Iridium phone audio is connected to the rear input of the audio
panel. To use the Iridium phone, ensure there is no other audio source plugged into the
Front Panel Jack.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
• The MUS1 and MUS2 Key controls the Entertainment Music audio input. External
audio jacks can also be used as an entertainment input. GDL 69 (SiriusXM Radio)
audio, if equipped, is wired to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs. The Front Panel Jack does
not disable audio connected to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs.
The Front Panel Jack can be used as an entertainment input or a telephone input.
Plugging a device into the Front Panel Jack will disable any audio source connected to the
rear telephone/entertainment jack (i.e. GSR 56, if so equipped). The Front Panel Jack is a
3.5-mm stereo jack that is compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such
as cell phones and other tablet devices. The headphone outputs of the entertainment
devices are plugged into the Front Panel Jack.
Distribution of the entertainment inputs are configured in Blue-Select Mode.
Telephone and entertainment muting can be enabled or disabled by the user,
however it is always muted during alerts.
Index
Appendix
Telephone and Entertainment Muting
28 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Press and hold the MUS1, MUS2, or (
) Key for two seconds to toggle muting
on and off. The aural message “Mute Music on Reception Enabled/Disabled” or “Mute
Tel and Jack on Reception Enabled/Disabled” is heard.
Flight
Instruments
ENABLING/DISABLING MUTING
EIS
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment
Connecting a stereo input to the Stereo Input jack removes the SiriusXM Radio
Audio from that input.
Audio Panel
and CNS
SiriusXM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and
passengers simultaneously (optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Radio Service).
Refer to the Additional Features Section for more details on the Data Link Receiver.
Flight
Management
AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
Setting the Audio Panel During Preflight:
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Verify that the PILOT, COPLT and PASS annunciators are lit.
2)
Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
3)
Use the Blue-Select Mode to distribute the telephone/entertainment (
MUS1, and MUS2 appropriately.
4)
Use the VOL/CRSR Knobs to adjust the intercom volumes to the desired level.
),
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 29
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
BLANK PAGE
30 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD Data
Bar Fields’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list to
select the desired data.
5)
Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the default
setting.
Hazard
Avoidance
USING MAP DISPLAYS
Flight
Management
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘Orientation’
Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
7)
Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 31
Index
1)
Appendix
Enabling/disabling Auto North Up and selecting the
minimum switching range:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
AFCS
1)
5)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the range field.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Configuring automatic zoom:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and select
‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS Knob.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection Field.
7)
Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the ‘Max Look FWD’ time. Press the ENT Key.
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero to
99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Panning the map:
1)
Push the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3)
Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
32 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page for the
selected waypoint.
3)
Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘WPT Waypoint Information’ Page and return to the Navigation Map showing the
selected waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3)
‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT
Key to display the ‘Information’ Window for the selected airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘Information’
Window.
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s
present position.
4)
Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The
bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation at the
current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes the
starting point for measuring.
5)
To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push the Joystick; or select ‘Stop
Measuring’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the MENU Key (with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed).
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
AFCS
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on an open area within the
boundaries of an airspace. (As the Map Pointer crosses the airspace boundary,
the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is shown.)
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Reviewing information for a special-use or controlled
airspace:
Audio Panel
and CNS
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user
waypoint:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 33
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages
displaying navigation maps:
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display
topographic data.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Map:
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Displaying/removing topographic data using the
Navigation Map Page Menu:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the large FMS knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field. Ranges are
from 1 nm to 1000 nm.
34 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
7)
Enter the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display
the range list.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group. Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Setting up the Land, Aviation or Airspace group items:
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or maximum
range).
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Press the Detail Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current
declutter level is shown. With each softkey press, another level of map
information is removed.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 35
Index
Or:
Appendix
Decluttering the MFD Map:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3)
Press the ENT Key to apply the next declutter level and return to the Navigation
Map.
Decluttering the PFD Map:
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3)
Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AWY LO).
4)
Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AWY HI).
5)
Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (AWY Off).
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying/removing airways:
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ On/Off Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Off’ or ‘On’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT
Airways):
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT
Airways’ range field.
5)
To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
36 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Setting up additional Map group items:
Flight
Instruments
6)
Or
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), press the FMS
Knob.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
With the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, press the
FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 37
Index
1)
Appendix
Selecting a runway:
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name,
or location:
Additional
Features
WAYPOINTS
AFCS
7)
Hazard
Avoidance
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for
the selected airport.
4)
To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the MENU
Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1)
Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport identifier, and press the ENT
Key to display the Airport Information Window.
3)
To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on
‘BACK’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the
‘Nearest Airports’ Window list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window and
the ‘Airport Information’ Window.)
4)
Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports
Window.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Viewing a destination airport:
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Nearest Airports’ Page (it is the first
page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no Nearest
Airports available, ‘None Within 200nm’ is displayed.
3)
Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports list is
highlighted.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also
moves to the next airport.)
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or
press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
38 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the ‘Nearest
Airport’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard Only,
Hard/Soft).
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
6)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet)
and press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘WPT - Intersection Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘Intersection’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter an identifier.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Intersections’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest INT’ Box, and press the
ENT Key .
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘WPT - NDB Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘NDB’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the NDB identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 39
Index
Or:
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting an NDB:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Or:
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting an intersection:
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway
length matching criteria:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest NDB’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest NDB’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Selecting a VOR:
1)
With the ‘WPT - VOR Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is place in the ‘VOR’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VOR identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob; or press
the VOR Softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
Additional
Features
2)
Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
Selecting a VRP:
1)
With the ‘WPT - VRP Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘VRP’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VRP identifier or name.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Or:
40 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VRP’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VRP’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or use the large
FMS Knob to scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
With the ‘NRST - Nearest User WPTS’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest User’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the
new waypoint.
4)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 41
Index
Or:
Appendix
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User
Waypoint’.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Creating user waypoints from the User WPT Information
Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
Flight
Instruments
1)
5)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new user
waypoint AAAAAA?’ is displayed.
4)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Or:
AFCS
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1)
Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed with the
captured position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
42 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint
box is highlighted.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
AFCS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
EIS
3)
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three
things happens upon pressing the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected
feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint, 2) a menu pops up
allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a
new waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal
by moving the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9)
Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to make any changes.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 43
Index
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
Additional
Features
6)
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
With the ‘WPTS - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Rename Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Rename User
Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Enter a new name.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint
AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is displayed.
6)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the
aircraft present position:
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Use Present Position’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated
comment:
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Renaming user waypoints:
44 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select ‘Auto Comment’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point
used to define the waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and press the
ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT - User
WPT Information’ Page.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘YES’ is highlighted in the
confirmation window.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Deleting a single user waypoint:
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
The cursor is placed on ‘Waypoint Setup’ in the ‘Options’ Box.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default
setting:
Flight
Instruments
4)
Or:
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Deleting all user waypoints:
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 45
Index
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AIRSPACES
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and press
the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to remove
labels.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the alphanumeric keys to enter an altitude buffer value
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace Alerts’
Box.
46 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
2)
Press the Alerts Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Alerts’ Window, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
3)
Select the desired airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Turning smart airspace on or off:
Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Group’
Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace On or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace Off.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a
direct-to destination:
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and use the FMS alphanumeric keys or turn the small FMS
Knob to begin entering an identifier, facility, or city. If duplicate entries exist,
additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob during the
selection process.
3)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 47
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated
information:
Flight
Instruments
4)
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
1)
While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’
Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (turning the knob counter-clockwise displays the waypoint submenu
window).
3)
Select the desired waypoint.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Or:
1)
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, or the ‘Flight Plan’
Window on the PFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD), and turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint submenu
window.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1)
Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the
desired waypoint.
2)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
waypoint as the direct-to destination.
48 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4)
Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already
selected).
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and use the FMS alphanumeric keys or turn the small FMS
Knob to begin entering an identifier, facility name, or city. Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ’CRS’ or Course’ Field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob or the FMS alphanumeric keys the desired course.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed with the cursor
flashing in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
3)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
From the Navigation Map Page, push the Joystick to display the pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3)
If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, VRP, or user waypoint,
the waypoint name is highlighted.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 49
Index
1)
Appendix
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the
pointer:
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the
‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page on the MFD and press the FMS Knob.
EIS
1)
4)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
point entered as the direct-to destination.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is
still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the
waypoint:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS knob or the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the desired altitude.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose
‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude
5)
The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
6)
Use the FMS knob or FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the desired along-track
distance (‘-’ indicates distance before the waypoint and ‘+’ indicates distance
after the waypoint).
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to activate.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLANNING
Index
Creating an active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
2)
Select the origin airport and runway.
50 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e)
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
Repeat step number 2 for the destination airport and runway.
4)
Select the enroute waypoints.
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob, or by
moving the Quick Select Box (MFD only) with the Joystick (the waypoint
will be inserted at the insertion point indicator).
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint. The active flight
plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
6)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor (if required).
Creating a stored flight plan:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’
Page.
3)
Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight
Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the first empty
storage location.
4)
Select the origin airport and runway.
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 51
Index
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob, or by moving the Quick Select Box (MFD
only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be inserted at the insertion point
indicator).
Appendix
a)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
AFCS
5)
Hazard
Avoidance
a)
Flight
Management
3)
Audio Panel
and CNS
b)
EIS
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob, or by moving the Quick Select Box (MFD
only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be inserted at the insertion point
indicator).
Flight
Instruments
a)
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
Select the enroute waypoints.
EIS
6)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
e)
Repeat step number 4 for the destination airport and runway.
a)
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the
enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following the
header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item.)
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The stored flight plan is modified as each waypoint is
entered.
7)
Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
8)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
1)
Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6)
Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”,
and press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
5)
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will
be displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
If an existing flight plan is selected, an ‘Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or
CANCEL’ prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the
selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the SD card. If
overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select ‘CANCEL’ using the
FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the
Import Softkey again.
Appendix
Index
d)
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9)
Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
52 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
EIS
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that
duplicates the name of a waypoint already stored on the system, the system
compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of the existing
waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is
automatically renamed by adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card:
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6)
Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Export Flight Plan’.
7)
If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob
to the left to highlight the name, then use the FMS knob or the FMS
alphanumeric keys to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Or:
Or:
Appendix
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Previewing a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
Additional
Features
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
AFCS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 53
a)
Press the MENU Key,
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Preview Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
Ignoring a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
2)
Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Or:
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending
flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Storing a pending flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
6)
Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
a)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
Or:
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
54 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the pending flight plan.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page.
4)
Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Flight
Management
a)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key on the MFD and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Activating a pending flight plan:
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5)
Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Deleting a pending flight plan:
AFCS
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed from the
Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
5)
a)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
Appendix
Or:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 55
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
6)
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan. The
pending flight plan is removed from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting all pending flight plans:
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation Window is
displayed.
6)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1)
On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL — Stored Flight
Plan’ Page is displayed.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the point in the flight plan to add the new
waypoint . The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted
waypoint.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it
counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information Window’ with a waypoint
selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user,
or airway waypoints).
6)
Use the FMS Knob or the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the identifier, facility,
or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight
plan.
56 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the large FMS Knob, or by
moving the Quick Select Box (MFD only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be
inserted at the insertion point indicator).
4)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to enter
the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is
entered.
Press the FPL Key
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the large FMS Knob, or by
moving the Quick Select Box (MFD only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be
inserted at the insertion point indicator).
4)
Push the Joystick for the MFD to activate the panning function on the ‘FPL Active Flight Plan’ Page and pan to the map location of the desired user
waypoint.
5)
Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using
the next available in sequence) and is added to the active flight plan.
Appendix
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Additional
Features
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight
plan:
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
EIS
NOTE: If the flight plan is successfully edited in the ‘Flight Plan’ Window from
PFD while the MFD Active Flight Plan Page is in the process of being edited, the
‘Flight Plan Modified By Other User’ Window will appear on the MFD. Press the
ENT key to return to the Active Flight Plan Page with the accepted changes.
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window has
duplicates, a ‘Duplicate Waypoint’ Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to
select the correct waypoint.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 57
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
1)
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key and press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor (not required on the PFD or when using the Quick Select Box).
For a stored flight plan, highlight the desired flight plan on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog Page’ and press the Edit Softkey.
2)
Highlight the desired waypoint using the large FMS Knob, or by using the
Joystick to move the Quick Select Box (not available for the stored flight plan).
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired
waypoint. Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Or:
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point
should be entered at this time.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey,
or press the MENU Key and select ‘Load Airway’. The Select Airway Page/
Window is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the ‘Load Airway’ menu item is
available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the
waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT
Key.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new
airway inserted.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
Index
Or:
58 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
3)
Press the MENU Key and select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is
displayed.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT
Key.
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new
airway inserted.
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Departure’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition for the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a transition for the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 59
Index
2)
Appendix
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Use the Joystick to place the QuickSelect Box on the waypoint after the desired
airway entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry
point should be entered at this time.
Audio Panel
and CNS
2)
EIS
Press the FPL Key.
Flight
Instruments
1)
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1)
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Approach’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select the airport and approach:
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
a)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
a)
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Approach Channel’ Field.
b)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the
ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
5)
Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan
Page or the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Window:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next
available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
4)
The ‘Flight Plan Info’ Box displays departure, destination, total distance, and
enroute safe altitude information for the selected flight plan.
60 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view the
waypoints in the flight plan.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘activate stored flight
plan?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate
FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’
Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Copy Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to flight plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. The flight plan
is stored in the next available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 61
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
EIS
1)
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
62 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the procedure to be
deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
5)
EIS
Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Flight
Instruments
4)
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs or the FMS alphanumeric keys to edit the comment.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 63
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
3)
Additional
Features
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete flight plan XX?’ Window
is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all
flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Activating a flight plan leg:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the desired leg, or
use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the destination waypoint for
the desired leg.
3)
Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed with
‘Activate’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key,
or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
64 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An
‘Invert active flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3)
Select ‘OK’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press
the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting the active flight plan:
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ Window is displayed.
3)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted, or use the
Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the waypoint to be deleted (MFD
only).
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
NOTE: If removal of a flight plan item (waypoint, procedure, etc.) results in
deletion of the end waypoint of the active leg, an off-route direct-to to the
deleted waypoint is created and activated.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight
plan:
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Inverting the active flight plan:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 65
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted; or use
the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the header of the airway to be
deleted (MFD only).
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted; or use
the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the header of the airway to be
deleted (MFD only).
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
66 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the comment field.
3)
Use the FMS Knob, or the FMS alphanumeric keys to edit the comment.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the Comment field.
3)
Use the alphanumeric keys on the Display Controller to edit the comment.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track offset.
3)
Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a positive or negative offset distance in the
range of +/- 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
5)
Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key. The
‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT
Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key
to cancel the parallel track activation.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 67
Index
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Activating parallel track:
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Entering an along track offset distance:
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Changing the active flight plan comment:
Cancelling parallel track:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’ highlighted.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Changing the flight plan view:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM
Softkeys.
3)
Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LegLeg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
4)
Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or select the Narrow Softkey
to display the narrow view.
5)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Viewing charts and active flight plan page in split screen
mode:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the Active Flight Plan Page, and Charts Page is bordered by a
dark purple box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press the
AUTO Softkey.
Displaying the flight plan map on the active flight plan
page in split mode:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the active flight plan, and the Charts Page is bordered by a dark
purple box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
Move the Joystick to select the Active Flight Plan page as the active display
pane.
4)
Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide Flight Plan
Map’. Press the ENT Key.
68 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and
press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded.
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A
window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3)
Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint. The system displays the bearing
(BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected
reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint at this location. Press the ENT
Key. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the
reference waypoint.
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the flight
plan.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 69
Index
3)
Appendix
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan
waypoint:
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan
to a selected waypoint:
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present
position:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the ENT
Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
3)
If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute Directto hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the hold.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1)
Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but select
‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’ when finished.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to with
the user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the direct-to
waypoint is part of the active flight plan, the hold is inserted into the active
flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight plan, an offroute direct-to hold is created.)
70 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Edit Hold’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’
Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the holding
pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint sequencing.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘HOLD’ waypoint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the
active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal
of the holding pattern.
Appendix
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Removing a user-defined hold inserted into the active
flight plan:
Additional
Features
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight
plan:
AFCS
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Update?’ is highlighted to update the hold.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Editing a user-defined hold:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 71
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
1)
Press a Direct To Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window (PFD or MFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu with the cursor on the ‘Cancel
Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL- Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’,
and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance
begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box (defaults first
waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical
navigation).
3)
To Disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled.
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired waypoint.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (cyan
number) to be used. If not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a
designated altitude constraint is selected.
3)
Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV
Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT
at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the
selected waypoint.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
72 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Altitude Constraints
Temperature
Compensated
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 73
Index
Figure 17 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
Appendix
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
Annunciations
& Alerts
White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Abnormal
Operation
Cross AT 2,300 ft
System Calculated Altitude
(White Text)
Edited Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Designated Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text)
Additional
Features
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Displayed Text
Examples
AFCS
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the
nearest hundred. An altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is
supported for airports. When a database altitude restriction is displayed, the system
allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively overriding the
database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type
“AT or ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the
restriction to define the vertical profile.
Flight
Management
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”
using the CLR Key. The altitude is now displayed only as a reference (white text). It is not
used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due to recalculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a nondesignated altitude.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This
means the system automatically provides descending vertical speed and deviation
guidance to an altitude(s) chosen by the system for any waypoint prior to the FAF. These
altitudes are displayed as cyan text. Additionally, altitudes can be manually designated up
to and including the FAF. Manually designated altitudes are displayed as cyan text with
the pencil icon. For all designated altitudes, the system will automatically calculate
altitude constraints prior to the designated altitude, which are displayed as white text.
EIS
The system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give
guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance,
manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database.
White Text
Altitude is designated for use in
determining vertical guidance. A pencil
icon indicates manual designation or
manually edited data entry.
5OOOFT
Altitude retrieved from the navigation
database. White line above or below
indicates the type of constraint, as
shown in the preceding figure. These
altitudes are provided as a reference,
and are not designated to be used in
determining vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of
an invalid constraint condition.
Table 1 Altitude Constraint Color Coding
NOTE: All designated altitudes (cyan text) will be displayed in the Active Flight
Plan Page and Flight Plan Window without restriction bars regardless of what is
shown on the published procedure.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cyan Text
5OOOFT
Altitude calculated by the system
estimating the altitude of the aircraft
as it passes over the navigation point.
No white line above or below to
indicate a potential constraint.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Manually designating a waypoint altitude to be used for
vertical guidance:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Manually designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be
used for vertical guidance:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude
74 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
EIS
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical
speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight
plan. In the event an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an
altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint, the system displays the altitude restriction
from the database provided no predicted altitude can be provided. The system also
provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been edited.
Flight
Management
guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach)
Audio Panel
and CNS
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
Entering/modifying an altitude constraint:
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs, or the FMS
alphanumeric keys. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small FMS Knob
counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the
system automatically changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS
Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter the three digit flight level.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose
‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
Or:
2)
Use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the alphanumeric keys on the Display
Controller. To enter altitudes as a flight level, enter F as the first character.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose
‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 75
Index
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude constraint.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation
database:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob highlight the desired
waypoint altitude constraint; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box
on the desired waypoint altitude constraint (MFD only), and press the FMS
Knob.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually
entered:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the desired
waypoint altitude constraint (MFD only), and press the FMS Knob.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is
deleted (it is replaced by a system calculated altitude, if available).
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to
the navigation database value:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the desired
waypoint altitude constraint (MFD only), and press the FMS Knob.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude constraint; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box
76 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
4)
Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Edit the value using the FMS Knobs or the FMS alphanumeric keys, and press
the ENT Key.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display:
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Hazard
Avoidance
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
EIS
3)
Flight
Instruments
on the desired waypoint altitude constraint (MFD only), and press the FMS
Knob.
Or:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
5)
Press the Inset Softkey.
6)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey
4)
Press the Off Softkey.
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Hide VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 77
Index
1)
Appendix
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display:
Additional
Features
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
PROCEDURES
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
EIS
1)
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures. Press the ENT
Key to select the procedure. The cursor moves to the next box (runway or
transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs, as required, to highlight a runway or transition. Press the
ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box.
The procedure is previewed on the map.
6)
Repeat Step 5, until desired information has been viewed for the chosen
procedure.
7)
Press the Info 1 Softkey or the Info 2 Softkey to return to the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
78 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
1)
Flight
Instruments
Loading a procedure into the active flight plan from the
[Procedure] Information Page:
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
EIS
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures, and turn the
FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the procedure. The
cursor moves to the next box (runway or transition). The procedure is previewed
on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available runways or transitions,
and turn the FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the
runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box
6)
Repeat Step 5, until the cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box or the ‘Minimums’
Box.
7)
Press the MENU Key to display the [Procedure] Information Page Menu.
8)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load [procedure]’.
9)
Press the ENT Key to load the procedure into the active flight plan.
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 79
Index
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
4)
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
Additional
Features
3)
AFCS
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight
plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active
flight plan; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the departure
header.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
80 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight
plan; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the arrival header.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page/Window is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach Channel Field.
b)
Use the FMS Knob or the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the approach
channel number, and press the ENT Key to accept the approach channel
number. The airport and approach are selected.
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 81
Index
4)
Appendix
a)
Annunciations
& Alerts
a)
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS
alphanumeric keys to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter
the temperature, and press the ENT Key
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
6)
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final
course of the approach.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
NOTE: If there is no arrival procedure in the active flight plan, loading an
approach after a destination airport has already been entered will result in a
duplicate destination airport waypoint being added to the end of the enroute
segment.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the
Nearest Airport Page:
1)
Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
nearest airport. The airport is previewed on the map.
3)
Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach
Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed with
the ‘Transition’ Field highlighted.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
7)
Minimums
Index
Appendix
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure.
82 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS
alphanumeric keys to enter the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter
the temperature, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
Or:
8)
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
Flight
Management
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure. The system continues navigating the
current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for
the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is
displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be
switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
Audio Panel
and CNS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active
flight plan; or use the Joystick to place the Quick Select Box on the approach
header.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 83
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to
final:
1)
Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
1)
From the ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page, press the MENU Key on the
MFD. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD.
The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
1)
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
Press the Go-Around Button. Prior to the MAP, the aircraft will continue to
laterally navigate to the MAP before executing the missed approach. Otherwise,
the aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
84 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select a visual approach from the ‘Approach’ list and press the ENT Key.
Select a transition and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS
alphanumeric keys to enter the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature field.
Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the
temperature, and press the ENT Key.
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure.
7)
The message ‘Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is
displayed. Press ENT to continue.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob or use the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the
temperature. The compensated altitude is computed as the temperature is
selected.
Appendix
From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD. The
‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Manually activating temperature compensated altitude:
Additional
Features
6)
AFCS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
a)
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Loading and activating a visual approach using the PROC
Key:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 85
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are shown in
the flight plan.
Cancelling temperature compensated altitude:
1)
From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page Menu’
Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Temperature Compensation Window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF is
cancelled.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
NOTE: The temperature at the destination can be entered in the ‘Temperature
Compensation’ Window on the MFD, or in the ‘References’ Window on the PFD.
There is only one compensation temperature for the system, therefore, changing
the temperature will affect both the loaded approach altitudes and the
minimums. Refer to the Flight Instruments section for information about
applying temperature compensation to the MDA/DH.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
NOTE: Activating/cancelling temperature compensation for the loaded approach
altitudes does not select/deselect temperature compensated minimums (MDA/
DH), nor does selecting/deselecting temperature compensated minimums
activate/cancel temperature compensated approach altitudes.
WEIGHT PLANNING
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Viewing the zoomed CG Graph:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the Graph Softkey.
2)
Press the Zoom Softkey to switch between the zoomed and normal view.
Entering aircraft load:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field within the ‘Aircraft Load’
Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob or use the FMS alphanumeric keys to enter the
weight.
86 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
5)
Repeat steps 2 through 4 until all seat and baggage weight values are accurate.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
2)
Add or subtract fuel by using the FMS Knobs.
3)
Press the ENT Key or the W&B Softkey to return to the ‘Aux - Weight and
Balance’ Page.
4)
Press the ENT Key or the Confirm Softkey to confirm the Weight and Balance
Page entries.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Taxi Fuel’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob or use the alphanumeric keys to enter the taxi fuel
weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
TRIP PLANNING
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
Appendix
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
Field.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Entering fuel reserves weight:
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Entering taxi fuel weight:
Flight
Management
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the Fuel Softkey to display the
‘Intital Usable Fuel’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Entering the fuel on board weight on the Initial Usable
Fuel Page:
Flight
Instruments
4)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 87
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs Softkey;
or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor
in the ‘FPL’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each
leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The
Trip Planning Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL Field.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page
Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and press the ENT
Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The
statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select
‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor may
now be positioned in any field within the Input Data Box.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’ Field and
enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated using the
new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all desired
values have been entered.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
RAIM PREDICTION
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
88 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Flight Management
Enter the desired waypoint:
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city
name and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan, Nearest,
Recent, or User Waypoints, if required.
c)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The
system automatically fills in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Field with the
information for the selected waypoint.
d)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
8)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
Hazard
Avoidance
6)
Flight
Management
b)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
selection submenu.
EIS
a)
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
AFCS
and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
• ‘RAIM Not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified
Additional
Features
time, and date
waypoint, time, and date
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 89
Index
2)
Appendix
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
EIS
time, and date
• ‘RAIM Not Available’ is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint,
Disabling SBAS:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
time, and date
90 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DATA LINK WEATHER
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Or:
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in
the window.
4)
To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT
or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
NEXRAD
30
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
15 (69/69A)
30
7.5
SiriusXM Lightning (LTNG)
30
5
Cell Movement
30
1.25
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 91
Index
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
Appendix
30 (69/69A
SXM)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
Abnormal
Operation
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Additional
Features
Symbol
AFCS
The following tables show the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the
broadcast rates for SiriusXM Weather and FIS-B Weather, respectively. The broadcast rate
represents the interval at which the SiriusXM Weather service transmits new signals that may
or may not contain updated weather product information. It does not represent the rate at
which the weather information is updated or when the Data Link Receiver receives new data.
The service provider and its weather data suppliers define and control the data update
intervals, which are subject to change.
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
SiriusXM Weather Product
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the
Weather Data Link Page:
SiriusXM Weather Product
Symbol
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
12
METARs
90
12
City Forecast
90
12
Surface Analysis
60
12
Freezing Levels
120
12
Winds Aloft
90
12
County Warnings
60
5
Cyclone Warnings
60
12
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
22
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
12
Air Report(AIREP)
90
12
Turbulence
180
12
Radar Coverage Not Available
No product
image
30
5
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR)
No product
image
60
12
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
No product
image
60
12
Table 2 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
92 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Symbol
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
NEXRAD Composite (US)
30
15
NEXRAD Composite (Regional)
30
2.5
METARs
90
5
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
10
Winds Aloft
90
10
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
5
EIS
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Flight
Instruments
FIS-B Weather Product
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
no product
image
60
10
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
no product
image
60
10
AFCS
2.5
Hazard
Avoidance
30
Flight
Management
no product
image
Audio Panel
and CNS
No Radar Coverage
Additional
Features
The following table shows the Garmin Connext Weather product symbols, the expiration
times and the refresh rates. The refresh rate represents the interval at which Garmin Connext
weather service makes available the most current known weather data. It does not
necessarily represent the rate at which the service receives new data from various weather
sources. The pilot chooses how often to contact the Garmin Connext weather service in
order to retrieve weather data through the Connext Data Request.
Abnormal
Operation
Symbol
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
30
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15^
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 93
Index
Radar
Precipitation
Appendix
Garmin
Connext
Weather
Product
Annunciations
& Alerts
Table 3 FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Hazard Avoidance
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Garmin
Connext
Weather
Product
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
Infrared Satellite
60
30
Datalink
Lightning
30
Continuous
SIGMETs/
AIRMETs
60
Continuous
METARs
90
Continuous
Winds Aloft
90
Continuous
Pilot Weather
Report (PIREPs)
90
Continuous
Symbol
Temporary Flight
Restrictions
(TFRs)
no product
image
60
Continuous
Terminal
Aerodrome
Reports (TAFs)
no product
image
60
Continuous
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but
individual radar sites may take between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new
data.
† Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
^ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australian Bureau of
Meteorology.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Table 4 Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the
data link weather source, if applicable:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)
Page. The currently selected data link weather source appears in the page title.
3)
If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the MENU
Key.
94 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, or ‘Display Connext
Weather’ or ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ (choices may vary depending on the
installed equipment).
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Enables/disables the Echo Tops
weather product overlay.
CLD Top
Enables/disables the Cloud Tops
weather product overlay.
XM LTNG
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Lightning weather product
overlay.
Cell MOV
Enables/disables the Cell
Movement weather product
overlay.
Enables/disables the graphical
METAR weather product overlay.
Legend
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one SiriusXM
Weather product is enabled.
More WX
Displays second-level SiriusXM
Weather product softkeys.
Enables/disables the Cyclone
weather product overlay.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 95
Index
Cyclone
Appendix
METAR
Annunciations
& Alerts
Enables/disables the SIGMET/
AIRMET weather product overlay.
Abnormal
Operation
SIG/AIR
Additional
Features
Echo Top
AFCS
Enables/disables the NEXRAD
weather product overlay.
Hazard
Avoidance
NEXRAD
Flight
Management
The system presents the softkeys for the selected source on the Weather Data Link
Page, and for map overlays used throughout the system. The following figures show the
softkeys for the Weather Data Link Page based on the selected source.
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: Only softkeys pertaining to data link weather features are shown in the
following tables.
EIS
Weather Data Link (XM) Page Softkeys
Flight
Instruments
a)
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Displays third level softkey for
enabling/disabling the Surface
Analysis and City Forecast
weather product and selecting a
forecast period.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
SFC
Off
Disables the Surface Analysis and
City Forecast weather product
overlay.
Current
Displays the Surface Analysis for
the current time period overlay.
12 HR, 24
HR, 36 HR,
48 HR
These softkeys display a Surface
Analysis and City Forecast overlay
for the selected future time
period.
Legend
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Description
Back
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one SiriusXM
Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level
softkeys.
FRZ LVL
Enables/disables the Freezing
Level weather product overlay.
Wind
Displays third level softkeys for
enabling/disabling the Winds
Aloft weather product and
selecting a winds aloft altitude.
PREV
Shows the previous level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
Off
Disables the Winds Aloft weather
product overlay.
Softkeys
available for
selecting
winds from
the Surface
to 42,0000
feet
Enables/disables the Winds Aloft
weather product for the surface
(SFC) through 42,000 feet.
Softkeys available for 3,000 foot
increments of altitude.
Next
Shows the next level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
96 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Level 2
Description
Legend
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one SiriusXM
Weather product is enabled.
Back
Returns to the second-level
softkeys.
Off
Disables the Icing weather
product.
Legend
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one SiriusXM
Weather product is enabled.
PREV
Disables the Turbulence weather
product overlay.
Appendix
Off
Shows the previous level of
Turbulence altitude softkeys.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displays softkeys for enabling/
disabling the Turbulence weather
product overlay.
TURB
Abnormal
Operation
Shows the next level of Icing
weather product softkeys.
Additional
Features
Next
AFCS
Enables/disables the Icing
weather product overlay from
1,000 feet to 30,000 feet.
Softkeys available for 3,000 foot
increments of altitude.
Hazard
Avoidance
Softkeys
available for
selecting
winds from
the Icing
altitude
from to
1,000 to
30,000 feet
Shows the previous level of Icing
altitude softkeys.
Flight
Management
PREV
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays altitude softkeys for the
Icing weather product overlay.
ICNG
EIS
Level 3
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 97
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Softkeys
available for
selecting
Turbulence
altitude
from 21,000
feet to
45,000 feet
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Shows the next level of Icing
weather product softkeys.
Legend
Enables/disables the SiriusXM
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one SiriusXM
Weather product is enabled.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Back
Returns to the second-level
softkeys.
AIREPS
Enables/disables the AIREPs
weather product overlay.
PIREPS
Enables/disables the PIREPs
weather product overlay.
County
Enables/disables the County
Warnings weather product
overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
Table 5 SiriusXM Weather Softkeys
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Enables/disables the Icing
weather product overlay from
21,000 feet to 45,000 feet.
Softkeys available for 3,000 foot
increments of altitude.
Next
Back
Index
Description
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Description
PRECIP
Enables/disables the Precipitation
weather product overlay.
IR SAT
Enables/disables the infrared
Satellite weather product overlay.
SIG/AIR
Enables/disables the SIGMET/
AIRMET weather product overlay.
METAR
Enables/disables the graphical
METAR weather product overlay.
98 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Level 2
Level 3
Description
More WX
Displays second-level Connext
Weather product softkeys.
Wind
Disables the Winds Aloft weather
product overlay.
Softkeys
available for
selecting
winds from
the Surface
to 42,0000
feet
Enables/disables the Winds Aloft
weather product for the surface
(SFC) through 42,000 feet.
Softkeys available for 3,000 foot
increments of altitude.
Legend
Enables/disables the Connext
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one Connext
Weather product is enabled.
PIREPs
Enables/disables the PIREPs
weather product overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
Table 6 Garmin Connext Weather Softkeys
Appendix
Back
Returns to the second-level
softkeys.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Back
Abnormal
Operation
Shows the next level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
Additional
Features
Next
AFCS
Off
Hazard
Avoidance
Shows the previous level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
Flight
Management
PREV
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays third level softkeys for
enabling/disabling the Winds
Aloft weather product and
selecting a winds aloft altitude.
EIS
Legend
Enables/disables the Connext
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one Connext
Weather product is enabled.
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 99
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Description
NEXRAD
or
US
or
RGNL
or
US/RGNL
Cycles through NEXRAD display
modes:
NEXRAD (annunciator disabled):
No NEXRAD shown.
US: Displays NEXRAD for
Continental US (CONUS).
RGNL: Displays regional NEXRAD
data.
US/RGNL: Displays regional
NEXRAD data where available,
and CONUS NEXRAD data in
other coverage areas.
IR SAT
Enables/disables the Infrared
Satellite weather product overlay.
SIG/AIR
Enables/disables the SIGMET/
AIRMET weather product overlay.
METAR
Enables/disables the METAR
weather product overlay.
Legend
Enables/disables the Connext
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one Connext
Weather product is enabled.
More WX
Displays second-level Connext
Weather product softkeys.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Displays third level softkeys for
enabling/disabling the Winds
Aloft weather product and
selecting a winds aloft altitude.
Wind
PREV
Shows the previous level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
Off
Disables the Winds Aloft weather
product overlay.
Softkeys
available for
selecting
winds from
the Surface
to 42,0000
feet
Enables/disables the Winds Aloft
weather product for the surface
(SFC) through 42,000 feet.
Softkeys available for 3,000 foot
increments of altitude.
100 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Shows the next level of winds
aloft altitude softkeys.
Legend
Enables/disables the Connext
Weather Legends Window.
Softkey available for selection
when at least one Connext
Weather product is enabled.
Back
Enables/disables the PIREPs
weather product overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
Flight
Management
PIREPs
Returns to the second-level
softkeys.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Back
EIS
Next
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Table 7 FIS-B Weather Softkeys
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the
Weather Data Link Page:
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in
the window.
4)
To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT
or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’, and
press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 101
Index
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
3)
Abnormal
Operation
a)
Additional
Features
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
The Weather Data Link Page can display a legend for each enabled weather product.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
with the changed settings.
The pilot can select a map orientation for the Weather Data Link Page, or choose to
synchronize the map orientation to the same orientation used on the Navigation Map Page.
Selecting a map orientation for the Weather Data Link
Page:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Group options.
5)
If SiriusXM is the selected data link weather source, turn the small FMS Knob to
highlight the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
Or:
If FIS-B or Garmin Connext is the selected data link weather source, turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Orientation ‘ field at the bottom of the
Product Group 1 list.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired map orientation: North up,
Track up, HDG up, or SYNC, then press the ENT Key.
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the MENUKey.
5)
Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT
Key.
6)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
102 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4)
When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to remove the window.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display of
data link products on the PFD map.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the MENU Key.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Setting up and customizing weather data for the
navigation maps:
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Showing/removing the weather legend on the Navigation
Map Page:
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the Navigation
Map Page:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 103
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age
display (PFD maps):
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age, source,
and icon box display on PFD Maps.
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather
information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and press
the ENT Key to show or hide a green check mark to select one of more of the
following coverage selections:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
• Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
AFCS
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination (Direct-To
destinations excluded). See the Flight Management section for more information
about entering and activating flight plans.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently exists. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan look-ahead distance option (or
choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request weather data for the remainder of the flight
plan), then press the ENT Key.
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be off-route). Turn the
large and small FMS Knobs to enter a waypoint, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance
field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route
width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press the
ENT Key to initiate the request immediately or press the FMS Knob to return to
the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page without requesting weather data.
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
104 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the ENT
Key. The request status box indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Flight
Instruments
4)
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Choose the desired weather coverage options.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the small
FMS Knob to highlight the desired automatic update frequency (Off, 5 Min, 10
Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press the ENT Key
6)
The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed in
the ‘Request Status’ Window based on the currently selected update rate. Press
the ENT Key to send an immediate Connext Data Request.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the MENU Key.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
EIS
1)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD
maps:
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD
navigation maps:
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 105
Index
1)
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘US’ or ‘CNDA’ (Canada) and press the
ENT Key.
Enabling/disabling animated SiriusXM NEXRAD on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1)
Press the Menu Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
With ‘Product Group 1’ Selected, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on navigation
maps:
1)
Select the ‘Map — Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’ and press the ENT Key.
7)
To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the NXRD Softkey. Each selection cycles though a coverage option
displayed on the softkey in cyan (‘Off’, ‘US’, ‘REG’, or ‘All’).
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
To enable/disable the display of NEXRAD informations, turn the small FMS Knob
to highlight the NEXRAD On/Off field.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
106 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Region’ field..
Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following options: ‘CONUS’
for the continental United States, ‘Regional’ for regional NEXRAD, or
‘Combined’ to show regional NEXRAD where data is available, and
continental NEXRAD outside of the regional coverage area.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
EIS
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ to enable the display of
NEXRAD or ‘Off’ to disable.
Flight
Instruments
4)
a)
When finished, push the FMS Knob.
3)
To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
4)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the ENT
Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States),
‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’, then press the ENT Key. This selection also
affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD
maps:
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD
information.
Press the Map Opt Softkey (for PFD maps, press the Map/HSI or Map Opt
Softkey). This step is not necessary on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the PRECIP Softkey.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 107
Index
1)
Appendix
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Select the NEXRAD Softkey.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the
Navigation Map Page:
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the Echo Top Softkey.
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the CLD Top Softkey.
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather
Data Link Page:
1)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’
Page.
2)
Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the
Navigation Map Page:
1)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Displaying Data Link Lightning on PFD Maps:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Lightning Softkey.
3)
Press the Datalink Softkey.
4)
When finished, press the Back Softkey.
Displaying Cell Movement information on the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the Cell MOV Softkey.
Displaying Infrared Satellite Information:
1)
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the IR SAT Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
108 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Select the ‘Map- Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3)
To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the
Map Pointer over the icon.
4)
Press the ENT key.
2)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and
TAF text.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the
TAF text.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
1)
AFCS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
On the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page, press the
METAR Softkey.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
Select the Weather Information Page.
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b)
Select the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling
through the TAF text.
Displaying original METAR text on the Active Flight Plan
Page:
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR
(indicated with a METAR flag next to it). The METAR text will appear in the
‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key
to exit the Active Flight Plan Page.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 109
Index
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
a)
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD
Inset Map:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the METAR Softkey.
3)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR text
appears on the map.
4)
When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the SFC Softkey.
4)
Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR,
or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to show the forecast time selected.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Or:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the Wind Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet.
Press the Next or Prev Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The Wind
Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display
(containing winds aloft data):
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
110 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Or:
b)
Press the MENU Key.
c)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ and press the
ENT Key.
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Select the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
a)
Displaying County Warning information:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WXSoftkey.
3)
Press the County Softkey.
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the Cyclone Softkey.
Displaying icing data:
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the ICNG Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the
Next or PREV Softkey to cycle through the available altitude softkeys. The
ICNG Softkey label changes to indicate the icing altitude which was selected.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 111
Index
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
Additional
Features
1)
Displaying turbulence information:
1)
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the TURB Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 up to 45,000 feet. Press the
Next or PREV Softkey to cycle though the available softkeys. The TURB Softkey
label changes to indicate the turbulence altitude selection.
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the PIREPS or AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is only available
with the SiriusXM Weather service.)
4)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will
appear around the weather report when it is selected.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP
text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, followed by the original
text. Note the original text may contain additional information not present in
the decoded version.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page or Navigation
Map Page.
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The
system displays TFR summary information above the map.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4)
If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT
Key. The system displays the TFR Information window.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
Index
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Appendix
Displaying TFR Data:
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which
TFR data can be displayed:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
112 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
EIS
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable FIS-B
Weather’, and press the ENT Key. The system will not receive FIS-B weather
information when FIS-B Weather is disabled.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Viewing FIS-B status:
AFCS
STORMSCOPE
Appendix
Lightning Age
Annunciations
& Alerts
The system can display L-3 WX-500 Stormscope lightning detection system information
on the Stormscope Page, and as an overlay on navigation maps. The system uses the symbols
shown in the following table to depict lightning strikes and cells based on the age of the
information.
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: Stormscope lightning information cannot be displayed simultaneously on
the same map as lightning information from data link lightning sources.
Additional
Features
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and
interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Symbol
Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 113
Index
Strike is less than 6 seconds old
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Lightning Age
Symbol
Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old
Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old
EIS
Table 8 Lightning Age and Symbols
Using The Stormscope Page
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
On the Stormscope Page, lightning information can be displayed at the ranges of 25
NM, 50 NM, 100 NM, and 200 NM.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Stormscope Mode
Lightning Strike
Rate Per Minute
Additional
Features
Stormscope Navigation Map
Overlay Enabled Icon
Figure 18 Stormscope Page with Lightning Information
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to
decrease the map range.
Selecting ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
1)
Select the Stormscope Page.
2)
Select the Mode Softkey. The Cell and Strike Softkeys are displayed.
3)
Press the Cell Softkey to display cell data or press the Strike softkey to display
strike data. ‘Cell’ or ‘Strike’ is annunciated in the mode box in the top-right
corner of the Stormscope Page.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level softkeys for the Stormscope
Page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
114 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Select the Stormscope Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Stormscope Page Menu. Either ‘Cell Mode’
or ‘Strike Mode’ is highlighted in cyan to indicate the mode to be selected.
3)
Press the ENT Key to select the highlighted mode and remove the menu. To
remove the menu without changing the modes, press the MENU Key or the
CLR Key, or push the FMS Knob.
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move among the following
selections:
symbols on the map.
Stormscope symbols. Stormscope data is removed when a map range greater than
this value is selected.
Abnormal
Operation
• Stormscope maximum display range – Selects the maximum map range to display
Additional
Features
• Stormscope On/Off field — Enables/disables the display of Stormscope lightning
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map
Page:
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displaying Stormscope information on MFD navigation
maps:
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Or:
• Stormscope Mode – Selects the Cell or Strike mode of lightning activity. Cell mode
When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the menu.
Appendix
5)
Annunciations
& Alerts
identifies clusters or cells of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the
approximate location of lightning strikes.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 115
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Lightning Softkey.
3)
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
1)
Select the ‘Map — Stormscope’ Page.
2)
Press the Clear Softkey.
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Lightning Data’, then press the ENT
Key.
Or:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Flight
Management
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
Manually clearing Stormscope lightning symbols from map
displays:
a)
Select the ‘Map — Navigation Map’ Page.
b)
Press the MENU Key.
c)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Stormscope™ Lightning’ then press
the ENT Key.
TERRAIN DISPLAYS
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed
terrain database coverage area.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the
Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing the
affected areas.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting requires the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B option.
No terrain or obstacle alerting occurs for the Terrain Proximity feature.
116 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
One of the following terrain systems is installed on this aircraft:
Flight
Instruments
The terrain system increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight
into terrain (CFIT) and obstacles.
• Terrain Proximity
EIS
• Terrain-SVT (included with the Garmin SVT option when the Terrain Awareness and
Warning System Class-B (TAWS-B) is not installed; refer to the Flight Instruments
section for more information about Garmin SVT.
Hazard
Avoidance
The terrain system requires the following for proper operation:
Flight
Management
The installed terrain system provides color indications on map displays when terrain or
obstacles, including certain power lines, are within a certain altitude threshold from the
aircraft. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B furthermore provide advisory visual annunciations and
voice alerts to indicate the presence of threatening terrain or obstacles relevant to the
projected flight path. This alerting capability is not present in the Terrain Proximity
feature. Compared to Terrain-SVT alerting, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to
assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles. The TAWS-B system includes more
alerting capabilities than the Terrain-SVT system.
Audio Panel
and CNS
• TAWS-B (optional)
• Valid 3-D GPS position
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 117
Annunciations
& Alerts
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter
setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be
achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along
the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions seldom match the
standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model
(where pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the
baro-corrected altitude (as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This
variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
Abnormal
Operation
The terrain and obstacle databases used by the terrain system are referenced to MSL.
Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, the terrain system displays a 2-D picture of the
surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft.
Furthermore, for the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, the system uses the GPS position
and GSL altitude to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the
surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems
can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
Additional
Features
The terrain system uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government and
other sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database
that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions, such as towers or power lines,
may be shown if available in the database. Garmin verifies the data to confirm accuracy of
the content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being allinclusive and data may still contain inaccuracies.
AFCS
• Valid terrain and obstacle databases
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Relative Terrain Symbology
The terrain system uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and point obstacles
(with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level present in the databases relative to
aircraft altitude. The system dynamically adjusts these colors as the aircraft altitude
changes, and after takeoff and landing.
While the aircraft is on the ground, the system displays relative terrain 400 feet or more
above the aircraft altitude using red, and terrain at less than 400 feet above aircraft
altitude using black, as shown on the On-Ground Legend. When the aircraft is in the air,
the system displays relative terrain information using red, yellow, green, and black, as
shown on the In-Air Legend. As the aircraft transitions from on-ground to in-air, or from
in-air to on-ground, the display of relative terrain momentarily fades into the
corresponding colors. For Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, if an alert occurs, the relative
terrain colors transition to the In-Air Legend if the On-Ground Legend was shown in
order to provide the pilot with the most information possible.
Hazard
Avoidance
On-Ground Legend
Additional
Features
AFCS
In-Air Legend
The following figure shows the relative terrain coloring for the Terrain Proximity
system.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 19 Relative Terrain Legends
100 ft Threshold
Appendix
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
Index
Red
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Figure 20 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
The following figure shows relative terrain coloring for the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B
systems.
118 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
100 ft Threshold
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
EIS
Red
Flight
Instruments
Projected Flight Path
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
The following tables show the relative obstacle coloring used by the terrain systems.
Unlighted Obstacle
> 1000’
AGL
< 1000’
AGL
Obstacle Location
> 1000’
AGL
AFCS
< 1000’
AGL
Lighted Obstacle
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: The Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Inset Window shows terrain at least
2000 feet below the aircraft altitude as gray.
Flight
Management
Figure 21 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVT or TAWSB Systems
Audio Panel
and CNS
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Annunciations
& Alerts
White point obstacle is
more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Abnormal
Operation
Yellow point obstacle is
between the aircraft
altitude to within 250
feet below the aircraft
altitude
Additional
Features
Red point obstacle is at or
above the aircraft altitude
Table 9 Relative Point Obstacle Symbols and Colors
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 119
Wire Obstacle
Yellow wire obstacle is between the aircraft
altitude to within 250 feet below the aircraft
altitude
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
White wire obstacle is more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Table 10 Relative Wire Obstacles and Colors
Unlighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Lighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Wind Turbine Obstacle Location
Red wind turbine obstacle is at or above
the aircraft altitude
Yellow wind turbine obstacle is between
the aircraft altitude to within 250 feet
below the aircraft altitude
White wind turbine obstacle is more
than 250 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 11 Relative Wind Turbine Obstacles and Colors
The Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems show potential impacts areas for terrain and
obstacles using yellow and red as shown in the following table.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Wire Obstacle Location
Red wire obstacle is at or above the aircraft
altitude
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
120 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Warning
Example Annunciation
TAWS-B Warning:
Terrain-SVT Warning:
EIS
or
Alert Type
Flight
Instruments
Potential Impact Area
Examples
Audio Panel
and CNS
Caution
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B
Page.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Displaying the terrain page:
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 12 Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Potential Impact Area with
Annunciations
Flight
Management
or
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’
(choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’
(choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation
Map Page:
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 121
Index
1)
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
• Terrain Display – Enables the display of relative (‘REL’) terrain data or select ‘Off’
to disable; also sets maximum map range at which terrain is shown.
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Point Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of point obstacle data and sets
maximum range at which point obstacles are shown
• Wire Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of wire obstacle data and sets
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
maximum range at which wire obstacles are shown
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the VSD.
Or:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ (choice dependent
on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1)
Select the Navigation MapPage.
2)
Press the Inset Softkey.
3)
Press the VSD Softkey, which displays the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey selects a mode: FPL (Flight Plan), TRK (track), or Auto.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
122 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘VSD’ group, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Track Mode Boundary ‘On’ or ‘Off’
field. Turn the small FMS Knob if needed to change this setting.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the maximum map range to display the
Track Mode Boundary. Turn the small FMS Knob to select a maximum range,
then press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Select the terrain page.
2)
Press the Inhibit Softkey. FLTA alerting is inhibited when softkey annunciator is
green.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Inhibiting/enabling FLTA Alerting (Terrain SVT and TAWS-B
only):
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Select the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the ‘Map
- Navigation Map’ Page:
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired inhibit or enable option, then press
the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the Operate or TAS OPER Softkey to select Operating Mode.
4)
Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey to select Standby Mode.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
Abnormal
Operation
TAS TRAFFIC
Additional
Features
1)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 123
Testing the Traffic System:
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
Turn the Joystick to adjust the map range to 2 NM for the inner range ring, and
6 NM for the outer range ring. This ensures the full traffic test pattern is
depicted on the map.
3)
If the traffic system is in Operating Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY
Softkey.
4)
Press the Test Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Or:
1)
On the Traffic Map Page, press the MENU Key and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Test Mode’.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
Selecting a TAS Operating Mode:
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
To select Standby Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey.
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired mode and press the ENT Key.
Changing the altitude range of traffic to display:
1)
On the ‘Map — Traffic Map’ Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2)
Press one of the following softkeys:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 9900 feet
Annunciations
& Alerts
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb
phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute
phase of flight.
Appendix
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent
phase of flight.
Index
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet
below the aircraft.
3)
To return to the Traffic Map Page, press the Back Softkey.
Or:
124 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following softkeys (see previous
description):
Flight
Instruments
1)
• Above
EIS
• Normal
• Below
3)
Press the ENT Key.
1)
Select the ‘Map — Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to
decrease the map range.
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
Appendix
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map
Page:
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD navigation
maps):
Flight
Management
Selecting a display range on the Traffic Map Page:
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Unrestricted
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 125
Index
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with
the option to turn off
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Enabling/disabling traffic information on PFD navigation
maps:
1)
With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset navigation map:
1)
With the Inset map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display of traffic information.
ADS-B TRAFFIC
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to ensure
full test pattern display.
3)
Ensure the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
4)
If the optional TAS is installed, ensure the TAS STBY Softkey is enabled.
5)
Press the Test Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
6)
a)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test Mode’.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Changing the altitude range:
1)
On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2)
Select one of the following softkeys:
126 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
Flight
Instruments
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above
EIS
the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of
flight.
• Below:Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet
below the aircraft.
To return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the Back Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight one of the following options (see softkey
description in step 2 above):
• Above
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
3)
Audio Panel
and CNS
aircraft to 9000 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of
flight.
• Normal
AFCS
• Below
• Unrestricted
Press the ENT Key.
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press one of the following softkeys:
• Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft
• Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Relative Motion’, ‘Absolute Motion’ or ‘Motion
Vector Off’.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 127
Index
1)
Appendix
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute direction.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
3)
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected
time:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press the Duration Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5)
When finished, press the Back Softkey to return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob. The first selected traffic symbol is highlighted in cyan.
Additional information appears in a window in the upper-right corner of the
‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
3)
To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob until the selected
aircraft traffic symbol is highlighted.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Turn the Joystick.
2)
The following range options are available:
• 500 feet
• 500 and 1000 feet
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Showing additional traffic information:
• 1000 and 2000 feet
• 2000 feet and 1 NM
Annunciations
& Alerts
• 1 and 2 NM
• 2 and 6 MN
• 6 and 12 NM
Appendix
• 12 and 24 NM
• 24 and 40 NM
Index
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
128 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
On
Not Available
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is available, but it does not meet
performance requirements.
Fault
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is not available or the application
has failed.
Not Configured
Traffic application is not available, because it
has not been configured. If this annunciation
persists, the system should be serviced.
ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
External #1
The GTX 345R is using the #1 GPS receiver
for the GPS position source.
External #2
The GTX 345R is using the #2 GPS receiver
for the GPS position source.
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Displays the number of minutes since the last
uplink from a ground station occurred. If no
uplink has been received, or the status is
invalid, dashes appear instead of a number of
minutes.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 129
Index
Table 13 ‘Aux-ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for ADS-B Traffic
Appendix
Number of
minutes, or
‘------’
Annunciations
& Alerts
--------------
Abnormal
Operation
The system is not receiving the ADS-R
coverage from an FAA ground station.
Additional
Features
Not Available
--------Ground Uplink
Status: Last
Uplink
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage
from an FAA ground station.
AFCS
GPS Status:
GPS Source
Available
Traffic application status is invalid or
unknown.
Hazard
Avoidance
Traffic application is not currently active, but
application is ready to run when condition(s)
determine the application should be active.
Required input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Flight
Management
Available to Run
---------------TIS-B/ADS-R
Coverage
Traffic application is currently on. Required
input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Traffic
Application
Status:
Airborne
(AIRB), Surface
(SURF),
Airborne Alerts
(CSA)
Description
EIS
Status
Message
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
BLANK PAGE
130 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
EIS
Activating The Flight Director
Modes Selected
PIT
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Roll Hold (default)
PIT
GA Button
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on Ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
VNV Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path
Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
APR Key
Approach**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
LVL Key
Level Hold
LVL
Level Hold
LVL
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight
director.
Appendix
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active
GPS course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Pitch Hold (default)
Abnormal
Operation
ROL
Additional
Features
Roll Hold (default)
AFCS
FD Key
Vertical
Hazard
Avoidance
Lateral
Flight
Management
Control
Pressed
Audio Panel
and CNS
An initial press of a key listed in the following table(when the flight director is
not active) activates the flight director in the listed modes. The flight director
may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the display by
pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is
engaged.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 131
VERTICAL MODES
Vertical Modes
The following table lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and
annunciations. The mode reference is displayed next to the active mode annunciation for
Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Wheel
can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode.
Vertical
Mode
Description
Contr
ol
Annunciatio
n
Pitch Hold
Holds the current
aircraft pitch
attitude; may be
used to climb/
descend to the
Selected Altitude
(defaul
t)
PIT
Selected
Altitude
Capture
Captures the
Selected Altitude
*
Altitude
Hold
Holds the current
Altitude Reference
ALT
Key
ALT
nnnn
n ft
Vertical
Speed
Maintains the
current aircraft
vertical speed; may
be used to climb/
descend to the
Selected Altitude
VS
Key
VS
nnnn
fpm
Maintains the
current aircraft
airspeed while the
aircraft is climbing/
descending to the
Selected Altitude
FLC
Key
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight Level
Change, IAS
Hold
Referenc Referenc
e Range
e
Change
Increme
nt
-15° to
+20°
0.5°
ALTS
FLC
±150 ft
10 ft
-3000 to
+1500
fpm
100 fpm
80 to
185kt
1 kt
nnn
kt
Index
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH
when Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude
132 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight
Instruments
LATERAL MODES
LATERAL MODES
(default)
ROL
25°
Captures and
tracks the
Selected
Heading
HDG Key
HDG
25°
GPS
25° Capture
10° Track
VOR
25° Capture
10° Track
LOC
25° Capture
10° Track
Captures and
tracks the
selected
navigation
source (FMS,
VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
Annunciations
& Alerts
The AFCS limits turn rate to 3 degrees per second (standard rate turn).
Abnormal
Operation
Navigation, LOC
Arm/Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Holds the
current aircraft
roll attitude or
rolls the wings
level, depending
on the
commanded
bank angle
Additional
Features
Navigation, VOR
Enroute Arm/
Capture/Track
Maximum
Roll
Command
Limit
AFCS
Navigation, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
Annunciation
Hazard
Avoidance
Heading Select
Control
Flight
Management
Roll Hold
Description
Audio Panel
and CNS
Lateral Mode
EIS
The following table relates each Garmin AFCS lateral mode to its respective control and
annunciation. Refer to the combination modes section for information regarding Go Around
and Takeoff modes.
COMBINATION MODES (VNV, APR, NAV, GA)
Appendix
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA)
The following table lists the modes that operating by using both Vertical and Lateral
Modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 133
Mode
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Control
Captures and tracks
descent legs of an
active vertical profile
VNV Key
VPTH
VNV Target
Altitude Capture
Captures the Vertical
Navigation (VNV)
Target Altitude
*
ALTV
Glidepath
Captures and tracks
the SBAS glidepath
on approach
Glideslope
Captures and tracks
the ILS glideslope on
approach
Backcourse Arm/
Capture/Track
Captures and tracks a
localizer signal for
backcourse
approaches
GP
APR Key
GS
NAV Key
Approach, GPS
Arm/Capture/
Track
Approach, VOR
Arm/Capture/
Track
Approach, ILS
Arm/Capture/
Track (Glideslope
Mode
automatically
armed)
Takeoff
Captures and tracks
the selected
navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
BC
25°
Capture
10° Track
GPS
25°
VAPP
APR Key
LOC
Commands a
constant pitch angle
and wings level on
the ground in
preparation for
takeoff
Maximu
m Roll
Comman
d Limit
GA
Button
25°
Capture
10° Track
Wings Level
Index
Appendix
Description
Annunciatio
n
Vertical Path
Tracking
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
134 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Maximu
m Roll
Comman
d Limit
GA
Button
Wings Level
Level
Autopilot engages
and commands pitch
angle necessary to
establish zero vertical
fpm
***
Wings Level
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be
captured instead of Selected Altitude.
Hazard
Avoidance
PROCEDURES
Flight
Management
Go Around
Commands a
constant pitch angle
and wings level in the
air
Audio Panel
and CNS
Control
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Mode
Annunciatio
n
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction
Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and power is
removed from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all primary servo
motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural alerting indicating
autopilot disconnect.
3)
Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4)
Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and
solenoid components.
5)
Release the AP DISC Switch.
Overpowering Autopilot Servos
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 135
Index
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force
applied to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of
pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to
run to an out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force
to the controls should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Firmly grasp the control stick.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the
following steps:
AFCS
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers as
well as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight
Instruments
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic
trim to run, resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the
stop if the action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated control
forces are required after the autopilot is disengaged.
1)
Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be
overpowered.
2)
Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
136 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI
3)
Turn the smallFMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Aviation’ Group options to
SafeTaxi.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi
display range.
7)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Map Settings’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the ‘Page Menu.’
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Configuring SafeTaxi Range
CHARTS
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup menu option and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Preferred Charts Source option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the available options (FliteCharts,
ChartView).
Annunciations
& Alerts
While viewing a chart select the MENU Softkey to display the Page Menu
options.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Selecting preferred charts source:
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 137
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Preferred Charts Source Option
Chart Setup Option
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Figure 22 Preferred Charts Source
Figure 23 Chart Source
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan
Page, select the Charts Softkey.
Or:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Options Menu to Show Chart.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Chart Source
138 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu
On the Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu, select the desired
chart and press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Hazard
Avoidance
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT
AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not
refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability of a particular
airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Flight
Management
Figure 24 Option Menus
Audio Panel
and CNS
Navigation Map Page Options Menu
AFCS
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an
individual chart), the banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Additional
Features
Figure 25 Chart Not Available Banner
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 26 Unable To Display Chart Banner
Annunciations
& Alerts
When a chart is not available by selecting the Charts Softkey or selecting a
Page Menu Option, charts may be obtained for other airports from the WPT
Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the
active flight plan, the chart appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active,
or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting the Charts Softkey
displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
Appendix
The chart shown is one associated with the ‘WPT-Airport Information’ page.
Usually this is the airport runway diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but
Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page appears. If
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 139
Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is
shown.
Selecting a chart
1)
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page, or
‘NRST-Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Chart Softkey. The airport diagram or
approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT-Airport Information’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Approach’ Box. (Press the APR Softkey if the ‘Approach’ Box is not currently
shown).
4)
Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Approach’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9)
Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
Chart Scale
Figure 27 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
While the Approaches Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys are
blank. Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
140 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
AFCS
Additional
Features
In the example shown in following figure, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing
the ENT Key displays the Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart.
Hazard
Avoidance
Another source for additional airport information is from the Info Box above the
chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the Info 1 or
Info 2 Softkey. When the Info Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys
are blank. The Atlanta, GA airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline
Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in
parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
Flight
Management
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the
view is on a different chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the
Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey has no effect. The aircraft position is shown in
magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within
the chart boundaries.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Pressing the Chart Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the
associated map in the WPT page group. In the example shown, the Chart
Softkey switches between the Atlanta, GA(KPDK) Airport Diagram and the
navigation map on the ‘WPT–Airport Information’ page.
EIS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the
aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not
displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the Chart Scale Box
displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft
Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to
scale.
Flight
Instruments
the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers
the chart on the screen.
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 141
Index
- Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the
ChartView database. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM
information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS are not
available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the
Appendix
- Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information,
and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the data link receiver,
when available. Weather information is available only when a data link receiver
is installed and the data link weather subscription is current when required.
Annunciations
& Alerts
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if
available.
Abnormal
Operation
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if
available.
Additional Features
Figure 28 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO
View
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
chart page selections. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS
information.
Selecting Additional Information
1)
While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the Full SCN Softkey to display
the information windows (Airport, Info).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Airport, Info, Runways, or Frequencies
Box.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the
displayed Jeppesen chart are available when the NOTAM Softkey is pressed.
There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the flight that may not be
displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen database
published NOTAMs.
142 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Info Box choices. If multiple choices are
available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the ‘Full Screen’ and ‘Color Scheme’
Options.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the ‘On’ and ‘Off’ ‘Full Screen’
Options.
Hazard
Avoidance
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’
Options.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selecting full screen On or Off:
EIS
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart
selection softkeys. The full screen view can also be selected by using the page
menu option.
Flight
Instruments
4)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Full Screen On/Off Selection
Figure 29 Page Menus
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night
viewing. The Day View offers a better presentation in a bright environment. The
Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark environment. When
the Chart Setup Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
Appendix
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
Annunciations
& Alerts
Chart Setup Option
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 143
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1)
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu
Options.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Color Scheme Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The percentage
value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting
intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes
when the display backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This
may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range.
6)
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
Airport Directory
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) and optional AC-U-KWIK Airport
Directory databases offer detailed information regarding services, hours of operation,
lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport Information Page by
pressing the Info Softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Both Airport Directories are available for downloading at flygarmin.com. However, copy
only one of the databases to the Supplemental Data Card. The system cannot recognize
both databases simultaneously.
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page. Initially,
information for the airport closest to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
3)
If necessary, press the Info softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
144 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 30 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
2)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Color Scheme’ setting.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, or ‘Night’. The IFR Chart
display changes to reflect the setting.
4)
If ‘Auto’ was selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the backlight
threshold field (sets value for automatic day/night switching).
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Display VFR’ Field, the ‘Display IFR Low’
Field, or the ‘Display IFR High’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The selected chart is displayed.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting the chart to display:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the MENU Key with the IFR Low / IFR High Chart displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Settings’ option.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Modifying the Chart Settings:
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 145
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
WIFI CONNECTIONS
Viewing the WiFi Setup Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Maintenance WiFi Setup’ Page.
1)
Press the Avail Softkey on the MFD. A list of available networks will be
displayed in the Available Networks window. Signal strength is shown for each
network, as well as security requirements and whether the network has been
saved in the system’s memory.
Figure 31 Available WI-FI Networks
2)
Appendix
Index
If necessary, press the Rescan Softkey to have the system scan again for
available networks.
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Setting up a new WiFi connection:
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Rescan Available Networks’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in the list of networks.
4)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired network.
5)
Press the Connect Softkey.
Or:
146 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Connect to Selected
Network’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ will be highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key again.
9)
The Save Settings window is now displayed with the cursor highlighting ‘Save
Connection’.
10) The selected network can be saved to system memory to make re-connection
easier at a later time.
3)
Pressing the ENT Key at this point will check or uncheck the Auto Connect
checkbox. When a checkmark is present, the system will automatically connect
to the network when within range.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor now appears in the Connection Settings
window.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the network attribute to be edited.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to begin editing the field.
7)
When the entry is complete, press the ENT Key.
8)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key until ‘Save’ is highlighted.
9)
Press the ENT Key.
Disconnecting a WiFi network:
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disconnect From Network’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 147
Index
a)
Appendix
Press the DISCNCT Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be edited.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
While viewing list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Editing a saved network:
Flight
Management
7)
Audio Panel
and CNS
If the network is secured, a window will be displayed in order to enter the
necessary passcode. Use the GCU 479 Alphabetic Keys to enter the desired
alpha numeric characters. Press the CapsLock Softkey to enter upper case
letters. If there is no security associated with the network, proceed to step 9.
EIS
6)
Flight
Instruments
a)
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Deleting a saved WiFi network:
1)
While viewing the list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be deleted.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey. The selected network is removed from the list.
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
Using SiriusXM Radio
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment
features of the SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed ‘Aux — XM Information’ Page.
3)
Press the Radio Softkey to show the ‘Aux — XM Radio’ Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Active Channel and Channel List
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for
the selected category. Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected
directly by channel number.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1)
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the CH+ Softkey to go up through the list in the ‘Channels’ Box, or move
down the list with the CH– Softkey.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel
that the SiriusXM Radio is using.
Or:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob
to scroll through the channels.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Index
Selecting a channel directly:
1)
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the ‘Active Channel’ Box is
highlighted.
148 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the Alphabetic Keys on the GCU 479 to directly select the desired channel
number.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Selecting a category:
Press the Category Softkey on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page.
2)
Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Setting a preset channel number:
Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6 – Preset 10),
and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 – Preset 15). Pressing the
More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3)
Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number to the
active channel.
4)
Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a
preset.
Pressing the Back Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system
to the top level softkeys.
With the XM Radio Page displayed, select the Volume Softkey.
2)
Select the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or select the VOL + Softkey to
increase volume. Volume can also be adjusted with the GMA 350/350c Volume
Knob when MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 Buttons are pressed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Adjusting the volume
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
On the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, while listening to an ‘Active Channel’ that is
wanted for a preset, press the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired
category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting All
Categories places all channels in the list.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
EIS
1)
Appendix
Figure 32 Volume Control
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 149
Index
SiriusXM Radio volume may also be adjusted on each passenger headset.
Muting SiriusXM audio:
Refer to the the GMA 350c Audio Panel Controls in Section 4 for SiriusXM
muting instructions.
CONNEXT SETUP
The Connext Setup Page allows for setting up the installed optional Flight Stream device
for a Bluetooth connection between the system and a mobile device running the Garmin
Pilot™ application.
The mobile device must be ‘paired’ with the system in order to use the various functions.
Pairing is accomplished by first placing the system in pairing mode by displaying the
Connext Setup Page. The system is ‘discoverable’ whenever this page is displayed. The
pairing operation is completed from the mobile device and the Garmin Pilot application. See
the device Bluetooth pairing instructions and the connection instructions in the Garmin Pilot
application.
Viewing the Connext Setup Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
Changing the Bluetooth Name:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3)
Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character
field, and the small FMS Knob select the desired alphanumeric character for
that field.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
Enabling/Disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
150 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific
Paired Device:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’. Selecting ‘Enabled’
allows the system to automatically connect to a previously paired device when
detected.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4)
If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes’.
5)
Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
Inhibit/Uninhibit SurfaceWatch:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 151
Index
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
SURFACEWATCH
Abnormal
Operation
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Remove a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired
Devices:
Hazard
Avoidance
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/Disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Entering Origin/Destination Airport:
1)
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination
Airport field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs or the Keypad to input the desired Origin or Destination
Airport.
Selecting Origin/Destination Runway:
1)
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing
Runway field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing
Runway. As the small FMS Knob is turned, the preview of the selected runway
or landing runway is also displayed.
1)
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the ‘REQD Takeoff DIS’ or
‘REQD Landing DIS’ field.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the Keypad to enter the required takeoff or landing
distance. Upon pressing the FMS Knob and committing the required takeoff or
landing distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient
runway length exists.
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND SMS MESSAGING
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Selecting Required Takeoff/Landing Distance:
152 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
6)
To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 3, then select ‘Enable
Iridium Transceiver’.
Flight
Management
5)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 33 Select Disable Iridium Transmission
Viewing the Telephone Page
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ or ‘Aux - Text
Messaging’ Page.
3)
If necessary, select the TEL Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
AFCS
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
The phone status display gives a graphical representation of the current
disposition of voice and/or data transmissions.
External
Phone
Description
Additional
Features
Internal
Phone
Phone is idle
Abnormal
Operation
Phone is ringing
Appendix
Phone dialed is busy
Annunciations
& Alerts
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another
phone
Phone is dialing another phone
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 153
Index
Phone has failed
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Phone Status not known
EIS
Phone is disabled
Audio Panel
and CNS
Phone is reserved for data transmission
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
Phones are connected
Telephone Symbols
Entering a new contact:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact Details’
window.
4)
Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
6)
Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through the
alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller
or the MFD.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
8)
Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through the
alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller
or the MFD.
9)
Press the ENT Key. The Save button is highlighted.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Other phone is on hold
10) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved contacts.
Index
Deleting a contact:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
154 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Select the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
Flight
Instruments
3)
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Figure 34 Editing a Contact
3)
Select the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the
desired changes. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on
the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
4)
Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now
highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
1)
Answering an incoming call in the cockpit:
1)
Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel to activate audio if not
already selected.
2)
Select the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
2)
OR
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 155
Index
NOTE: The Push-to-Talk switch is not utilized for telephone communication. The
microphone is active after selecting the Answer Softkey, and stays active until
the call is terminated.
Appendix
While viewing the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page
Annunciations
& Alerts
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Editing a contact:
1)
Press thePhone Key on the appropriate audio panel to activate audio if not
already selected.
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu..
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’..
4)
Press the ENT Key
Selecting the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the
call unanswered. Selecting the Phone Softkey will display the ‘Aux-Telephone’
Page allowing additional call information to be viewed before answering.
Making an external call from the cockpit using the Iridium
satellite network:
1)
Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Select the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Iridium’.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor has now moved to the phone number entry field.
Figure 35 Enter Phone Number
5)
Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by selecting the number
softkeys on the MFD or by pressing the numeric keys on the MFD Control Unit.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
156 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
7)
Flight
Management
Figure 36 Make the Call
Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
When the phone is answered, the connection is established. To exit the call,
select the Hangup Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 37 System is Making the Connection
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 157
Figure 38 Phone is Answered, Connection is Complete
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the
Contact List:
1)
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of
contacts.
4)
Select the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number associated
with the contact name is dialed.
Placing a call on hold:
Select the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
Or
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Put Current Call On Hold’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
The cockpit phone is now isolated from the call. This figure illustrates a call
between the cockpit and an external phone in which the cockpit phone has
been put on hold. Select the Hold Softkey again to resume the call.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
158 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Figure 39 Cockpit Phone on Hold
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ or ‘Aux-Text Messaging’
Page.
3)
If necessary, select the SMS Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
AFCS
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Figure 40 Text Messaging Page
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 159
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Message Symbol
Description
Received text message that has not been opened
EIS
Received text message that has been opened
Audio Panel
and CNS
Saved text message, draft not sent
System is sending text message
System failed to send text message
Predefined text message
Text Message Symbols
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1)
With the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the
MFD to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message Popups’ or
‘Enable New Message Popups’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an incoming
text message is received.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Text message has been sent
Figure 41 Disabling New Text Message Pop-Ups
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
Or:
160 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Reply To Message’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
1)
EIS
Sending a new text message:
Flight
Instruments
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
Or:
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 42 Composing a New Text Message
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described
in step 2.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 161
Index
3)
Appendix
The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in the
‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry can be
accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
5)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the Send Softkey to send the message immediately, or press the Save
Softkey to save the message in Outbox for sending at a later time. Press the
Cancel Softkey to delete the message.
Sending a New Text Message/Email to a Saved Contact:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Select either the Text Email Softkey to send to the email address saved for the
contact or Text Phone Softkey to send to the phone number saved for the
contact. The cursor is placed in the ‘To’ field. Confirm the contact you wish to
send a message to by pressing the ENT Key.
4)
Enter the desired message, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Confirm you wish to send the message by pressing the ENT Key with ‘Yes’
highlighted. Select ‘No’ to return to the message entry field and either select
the Cancel Softkey to delete the message or select the Save Softkey to save the
message as a draft.
Creating a predefined text message:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the Page Menu.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
1)
Index
Appendix
Figure 43 Creating/Editing Predefined Messages
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4)
Press the New Softkey.
Or:
162 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Predefined
Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now
displayed.
EIS
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Flight
Instruments
a)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
7)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described
in step 5.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the
displayed list. Pressing the Cancel Softkey will delete the message without
saving.
Appendix
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
Annunciations
& Alerts
6)
Abnormal
Operation
The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message title. Entry
can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
Additional
Features
5)
AFCS
Figure 44 Composing a Predefined Message
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
12) Press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 163
Index
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Cancel Drafting Message’.
Sending a predefined text message:
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
2)
The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the cursor in
the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry can be
accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Press the Predefined Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is
displayed.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the message
field. If desired, the message can be edited by using the FMS Knobs.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
Show Inbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Inbox Softkey.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Inbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
164 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Outbox Softkey.
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Outbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Drafts Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Show Draft messages:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Or:
AFCS
Show Outbox messages:
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 45 Text Message Inbox
Or:
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Draft Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 165
Index
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Appendix
1)
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Time Softkey.
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Date/Time’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window.
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Type Softkey.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Type’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window.
Viewing messages sorted by address:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Address Softkey.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Or:
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Address’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window..
Viewing the content of a text message:
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, select the desired message box.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
4)
Press the View Softkey.
Index
Or:
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
166 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘View Selected Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
a)
Message content is displayed.
To close the text message, press the Close Softkey.
EIS
5)
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Close Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob
to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the MRK Read Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Marking selected message as read:
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
Or:
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark Selected Message As
Read’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As Read’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols now
indicate all the message have been opened.
Deleting a message:
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob
to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 167
Index
1)
Appendix
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU
Key to display the Page Menu.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Marking all messages as read:
Additional
Features
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
AFCS
a)
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Delete Selected Message’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP™)
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP™) is an optional feature that is intended to
discourage the exceedance of attitude, established airspeed and angle of attack parameters.
This feature will only function when the aircraft is above 200 feet AGL and the autopilot is
not engaged.
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, airspeed)
beyond the normal flight parameters. Enhanced stability for each condition is provided by
applying a force to the appropriate control surface to return the aircraft to the normal flight
envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control movement in the undesired
direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude, high airspeed, or when a stall is
imminent.
As the aircraft deviates further from the normal attitude and/or airspeed range, the force
increases (up to an established maximum) to encourage control movement in the direction
necessary to return to the normal attitude and/or airspeed range. Except in the case of high
airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force remains constant up to the maximum
engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement limit, forces are no longer applied.
There is no maximum engagement related to a high airspeed condition.
The pilot can interrupt ESP™ by pressing and holding the Autopilot Disconnect (AP
DISC) switch. Upon releasing the AP DISC switch, ESP™ force will again be applied,
provided aircraft roll attitude is within engagement limits. ESP™ can also be overridden by
overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.ESP can be enabled or disabled on the
Aux-System Setup 2 Page on the MFD.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP)
NOTE: Disabling ESP on the ‘Aux-System Setup 2’ Page on the MFD will also
disable automatic engagement of the Yaw Damper only when the autopilot is
not engaged. The Yaw Damper will engage with the autopilot when ESP is
enabled or disabled.
Enabling/Disabling ESP:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, select the SETUP 2 Softkey to display the Aux-System Setup 2
Page. If the Aux-System Setup 2 is already displayed, proceed to step 4.
168 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Accessing and Navigating Checklist
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Group’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Checklist’ field.
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The
selected checklist item is indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The
line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next
line item is automatically selected for checking.
Additional
Features
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
EIS
ESP is automatically enabled on system power up.
Flight
Instruments
4)
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
8)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
Accessing Emergency Checklist
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2)
Press the EMER Softkey.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 169
Index
1)
Appendix
10) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
Abnormal
Operation
7)
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist
item. The line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it.
The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
5)
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
8)
Press the Return Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
9)
Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
AUXILIARY VIDEO
The Perspective+ system provides a control and display interface to an optional
Enhanced Vision System and an additional optional video display. EVS is designed to
provide an aid to situational awareness while operating in low visibility environments. The
EVS camera view is displayed on the ‘Aux - Video’ page.
Selecting video adjustment options:
1)
While viewing the Aux - Video Page press the Menu Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option and
press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns
to the ‘Aux - Video’ Page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Enhanced Vision System (EVS) & Auxiliary Video
170 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 46 ‘Aux - Video’ Page Menu
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
EVS
View
with
Map
Hidden
AFCS
Viewing the Connext Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Aux - Connext’ Page.
Setting up Position Reporting:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Auto’ for automatic transmission of position
reports or ‘Off’ to disable transmission of position reports.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The selection is entered and the cursor is placed in the
Transmission Rate field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the first digit.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 171
Index
With the ‘Aux - Connext’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor in the Transmission Period field.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
POSITION REPORTING
Additional
Features
Figure 47 Full Screen EVS Image
5)
Again, turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired number.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the second digit.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired number.
8)
Press the ENT Key. The selection is entered and the cursor is placed in the
Passengers On Board field.
9)
Turn the small FMS Knob left or right to select ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 48 Set Transmission Rate
10) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Sending a position report manually
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Aux - Connext’ Page.
3)
If necessary, set the Transmission Period to ‘Auto’.
4)
Press the Send Rep Softkey...
CREW PROFILE
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Creating a profile:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Create’ in the ‘Crew Profile’ Box.
4)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ Window is displayed.
5)
Use the FMS Knob to enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and press
the ENT Key. Crew profile names cannot begin with a blank as the first letter.
6)
In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings upon
which to base the new profile. Profiles can be created based on Garmin factory
defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin factory defaults
unless edited by the pilot), or other previously created profile settings.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
With ‘Create’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile.
172 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Create & Activate’ and press the ENT Key to
activate the new profile.
9)
EIS
To cancel the process, select ‘Cancel’ with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Selecting an active profile:
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Active’ profile Field in the ‘Crew
Profile’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the crew profile list and highlight the
desired profile.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The system loads and displays the system settings for the
selected profile.
Renaming a Profile:
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Rename’ in the ‘Crew Profile’ Box.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
In the ‘Rename Profile’ Window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
rename.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long and
press the ENT Key.
8)
With ‘Rename’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
9)
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete’ in the ‘Crew Profile’ Box.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 173
Index
1)
Appendix
Deleting a profile:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
5)
In the ‘Delete Profile’ Window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
delete.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
7)
With ‘Delete’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
8)
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
Importing a profile from an SD card:
1)
Insert an SD card containing the crew profile(s) into the top card slot on the
MFD.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
3)
Press the Import Softkey.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Import Crew Profile’ and press the ENT
Key.
4)
The system displays the ‘Crew Profile Importing’ Window with ‘Import’
highlighted. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ Field, then
scroll to the desired profile name with the large and small FMS Knobs, then
press the ENT Key. Then press the ENT Key with ‘Import’ highlighted.
5)
If the imported profile name is the same as an existing profile on the system, the
system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile? OK or CANCEL’ prompt. Press the
ENT Key to replace profile on the system with the profile imported from the SD
card, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to
return to the ‘Crew Profile Importing’ Window.
6)
If successful, the system displays ‘Crew profile import succeeded’ in the
Window below. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys or press the
FMS Knob to return to the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page. The imported
profile becomes the active profile.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Press the MENU Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
a)
174 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Crew Profiles Available for Import
from SD Card
Import Successful
Figure 49 Crew Profile Import on the (Aux - System Setup Page)
Insert the SD card for storing the Crew Profile into the top card slot on the MFD.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
3)
Press the Export Softkey. The system displays the ‘Crew Profile Exporting’
Window.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Exporting a profile to an SD card:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Crew Profile Importing and Import
Results Window
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Export Crew Profile’ and press the ENT
Key.
6)
If successful, the window displays ‘Crew profile export succeeded.’ With ‘OK’
highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys, or press the FMS Knob to return to the
‘Aux - System Setup (1 or 2)’ Page.
Appendix
If the selected profile to be exported is the same as an existing profile file name
on the SD card, the system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile? OK or
CANCEL’ prompt. Press the ENT Key to replace the profile on the SD card with
the profile to be exported, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key to return to the ‘Crew Profile Exporting’ Window without
exporting the profile.
Annunciations
& Alerts
5)
Abnormal
Operation
To export the crew profile using the current selected profile, press the ENT Key
with ‘Export’ highlighted. To change the selected profile, turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ Field, then scroll to the desired profile
name with the large and small FMS Knobs, then press the ENT Key. Then press
the ENT Key with ‘Export’ highlighted.
Additional
Features
4)
AFCS
a)
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 175
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Export Successful
Figure 50 Crew Profile Export on the (Aux - System Setup Page)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Crew Profile Exporting Window, Enter
a Name to Use for Exported Profile
176 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL OPERATION
REVERSIONARY MODE
EIS
This section discusses powering up the system, normal and reversionary display
operation, system status, ADAHRS modes of operation, and GPS receiver operation.
System Power-up
Additional
Features
When the MFD powers up, the MFD Power-up Screen displays the following
information:
AFCS
When powering up the system, test annunciations are displayed and key annunciator
lights also become momentarily illuminated on the audio panel and the display bezels. On
the PFD, the ADAHRS begins to initialize and an alignment message is displayed. All
system annunciations should disappear typically within one minute of power-up.
Hazard
Avoidance
The system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly
from electrical busses. The PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both poweron and continuous built-in test features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, and
external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
Flight
Management
NOTE: See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for specific procedures
concerning avionics power application and emergency power supply operation.
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific
annunciations and alerts.
• System version and Airframe description
• Safe Taxi database name and effective dates
Abnormal
Operation
• Basemap Land database version
• Terrain database name and version
• Navigation database name and effective dates
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Obstacle database name and effective dates
• Airport Directory name and effective dates
• IFR/VFR charts database information
Appendix
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
• Crew Profile
• Checklist File
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 177
Index
• Copyright
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and
database type. When this information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no
databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to continue.
PFD
In normal mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude,
heading, airspeed, altitude and vertical speed), thereby replacing the traditional flight
instrument cluster.
MFD
In normal mode, the right portion of the MFD displays a full-color moving map with
navigation information, while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine
Indication System (EIS).
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Normal Operation
Figure 51 Normal Operation
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Reversionary Mode
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs.
Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is
presented identically on at least one of the remaining displays. In Reversionary Mode, all
essential flight information from the PFD is combined with the EIS and presented on the
operating display. As when the PFD is operating normally, windows for flight planning,
nearest airports, and procedures are available. The Inset Map is moved to the right side of
the display.
Should the connection between a PFD and the GIA functions become inoperative, the GIA
can no longer communicate with the PFD (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV and
178 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
NAV1 and COM1 (provided by the failed
PFD) Flagged Invalid
Audio Panel
and CNS
DISPLAY BACKUP Button
Manually Activates/Deactivates
Reversionary Mode on Both Displays
EIS
Reversionary Mode may also be manually activated by pressing the red DISPLAY BACKUP
Button. Pressing this button again deactivates Reversionary Mode.
Flight
Instruments
COM functions provided to the failed PFD or MFD by the GIA are flagged as invalid (amber
“X”) on the remaining PFD. The system reverts to backup paths for the ADAHRS, Engine/
Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely
automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Figure 52 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations listed in the table below can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS
conditions occur. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead
Reckoning Mode.
Appendix
Abnormal GPS Conditions
Annunciations
& Alerts
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is
automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the
failure mode, an amber X may appear on the frequency display.
Abnormal
Operation
COM Tuning Failure
Additional
Features
ABNORMAL COM OPERATION
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 179
Annunciation
Location
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS
integrity is insufficient for the
current phase of flight
Right of HSI
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has
been restored to within normal
limits (annunciation displayed for
5 seconds)
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Audio Panel
and CNS
GPS
INTEG OK
Flight
Management
Lower left of aircraft
symbol if HSI Map is
disabled, or on
aircraft icon if HSI
Map enabled
Description
Dead Reckoning–System is using
projected position rather than GPS
position to compute navigation
data and sequence active flight
plan waypoints
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 14 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Figure 53 Example HSI Annunciations
In Dead Reckoning Mode, the CDI is removed (when GPS is the selected navigation
source), and the following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
• Current Track Bug
• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• GPS bearing pointers
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they
become increasingly inaccurate over time.
Index
Comparator Annunciations
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences
in the sensors exceed a specified amount, a miscompare annunciation is displayed in
black text on an amber background. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, a
180 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
No Compare
Annunciations
Flight
Instruments
no compare annunciation is displayed with black text on a white background. Refer to the
Appendix A for more information on alerts and annunciations.
EIS
Flight
Management
Figure 54 Sensor Comparator Annunciations on the PFD
Audio Panel
and CNS
Miscompare
Annunciations
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 181
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Annunciation
EIS
ALT
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
IAS
HDG
PIT
ROL
ALT
AFCS
IAS
HDG
ROL
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 10 knots
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 7 knots.
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
No data from one or both heading sensors.
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
No data from one or both roll sensors.
Table 15 Sensor Comparator Annunciations
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
Reversionary sensor selection (Dual ADAHRS only) for the AHRS and ADC is
annunciated on the above the roll scale on the PFD. Reversionary sensor selection for the
GPS is annunciated to the right of the HSI. These annunciations reflect reversionary
sensors selected on the PFD. Pressing the PFD Opt Softkey accesses the Sensors Softkey.
Pressing the Sensors Softkey accesses the ADC and AHRS softkeys These softkeys allow
switching of the sensors being viewed on the PFD. With certain types of sensor failures,
the system may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS sensor cannot be
switched manually.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
PIT
Condition
182 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
Condition
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
SVT Troubleshooting
• Attitude data
Abnormal
Operation
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
Additional
Features
SVT is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and
traffic inputs. SVT is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the
display. In case of invalid SVT data, the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-overbrown attitude display.
AFCS
Table 16 Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
Hazard
Avoidance
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data
Computer
Flight
Management
Figure 55 Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
• Heading data
• 4.9 Arc-second Terrain data
Annunciations
& Alerts
• GPS position data
• Obstacle data
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
Appendix
• TAWS/Terrain-SVT function is not available, in test mode, or failed
SVT in Reversionary Mode
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 183
Index
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is
enabled when switching to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be
displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD display will be shown in the interim.
Unusual Attitudes
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the
horizon warn of extreme pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator,
starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
Nose High
Nose Low
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 56 Pitch Attitude Warnings with SVT Disabled
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD
is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal
Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and
Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The following
information is removed from the PFD and its softkeys are disabled when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
Traffic Annunciations
PFD Setup Menu
Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
AFCS Annunciations
Windows displayed in the
lower right corner of the
PFD:
Vertical Deviation,
Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
Inset Map
— References Window
Altimeter Barometric Setting
Outside Air
Temperature (OAT)
— Nearest Airports
Selected Altitude
Wind data
— Flight Plan
VNV Target Altitude
Selected Heading
readout
— Messages
Ground Speed
Selected Course
readout
— Procedures
True Airspeed
Transponder Status Box
System Time
SVT Unusual Attitudes
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at
the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also
184 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Nose High
Nose Low
Flight
Instruments
displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. This is
intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent
indications.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 185
Appendix
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in
amber over the ‘own aircraft’ symbol. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in amber on
Annunciations
& Alerts
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of
satellite measurements needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind
direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy,
other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position awareness until GPS-derived
position data is restored.
Abnormal
Operation
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode
may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If
while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data is also lost or not available, the DR function
may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and, consequently, the system
may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no heading and/or
airspeed data available should not be used for navigation.
Additional
Features
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS solution
or is unable to calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning
(DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system uses its last-known position combined with
continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to calculate and display
the aircraft’s current estimated position.
AFCS
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN)
phase of flight. In all other phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS
POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system stops using GPS.
Hazard
Avoidance
DEAD RECKONING
Flight
Management
Figure 57 Pitch Attitude Warnings with SVT Enabled
the HSI slightly below and to the left of the aircraft symbol on the CDI. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is shown in amber and then removed from the display after 20 minutes in
DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is
available (20 min). Furthermore, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD.
Normal navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS
solution is restored.
NOTE: GPS derived information will remain displayed in magenta (not amber)
on the Flight Plan Progress inset when operating in Dead Reckoning mode.
However, this information shall still be considered as degraded navigation source
information.
Also, while the system is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available.
Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is
questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Flight
Management
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an
estimated position and is displayed as amber text on the display to denote degraded
navigation source information as shown in the following figure. If the VSD Inset is selected
on the MFD, ‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed.
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
186 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
Distance &
Estimated
Time Enroute
EIS
Current
Track
Indicator
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
Destination
Airport
Information
Hazard
Avoidance
Bearing
Pointer/
Distance
Flight
Management
Course Deviation
Indicator
Audio Panel
and CNS
Ground
Speed
Nav Data Bar
AFCS
All data except
Active Leg, TAS,
and DTK are in
amber
Additional
Features
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
Subdued Aircraft
Symbol
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 58 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 187
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
BLANK PAGE
188 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
EIS
System Annunciations
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as system equipment
begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of
power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the system should be
serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
Audio Panel
and CNS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red or amber “X” is typically displayed
on windows associated with the failed data. Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook
(POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
Flight
Management
NOTE: Refer to the POH for additional information regarding pilot responses to
these annunciations.
Hazard
Avoidance
Comment
AFCS
System Annunciation
ADAHRS is aligning.
Additional
Features
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 189
Appendix
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for
navigation use. Note that ADAHRS utilizes GPS inputs
during normal operation. ADAHRS operation may be
degraded if GPS signals are not present (see POH).
Annunciations
& Alerts
ADAHRS calibration incomplete or configuration
module failure.
Abnormal
Operation
Display system is not receiving attitude information
from the ADAHRS.
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
System Annunciation
Comment
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from the
ADAHRS.
Flight
Management
Display system is not receiving valid heading input
from the ADAHRS or magnetometer.
Hazard
Avoidance
Display system is not receiving vertical speed input
from the ADAHRS.
Display system is not receiving altitude input from the
ADAHRS or magnetometer.
AFCS
Display system is not receiving valid OAT information
from the ADAHRS.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Display system is not receiving valid ISA information
from the ADAHRS.
Display system is not receiving valid transponder
information.
Other Various Amber/Red
X Indications
A red or amber ‘X’ through any other display field
(such as engine instrumentation fields) indicates that
the field is not receiving valid data.
Table 17 System Annunciations
CAS MESSAGES
CAS Message Prioritization
Index
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for corrective pilot
actions.
190 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
• Advisory: This level of alert provides general information. Annunciation alert text is
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 191
Index
Some CAS messages can be display in more than one alert level group. For example, a
message might display as both a warning and a caution, but cannot appear more than
once at any given time (unless the CAS is being tested). If the received signals justify
multiple priorities for a certain message, the message is displayed for the higher priority
Appendix
not issue annunciations in the CAS Window. Instead, message advisory alerts only issue
a flashing ‘Message’ Softkey annunciation. Selecting the Message Softkey acknowledges
the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the
Alerts Window. Refer to Message Advisory Alerts Table 18 for annunciation alert
conditions and behaviors.
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Message Advisory Alerts: This level of alert also provides general information but does
Abnormal
Operation
shown in white in the CAS Window; no aural tone is generated with the exception of
the 'OXYGEN LEFT ON' advisory alert, which produces a one second double chime.
An annunciation alert is accompanied by a flashing Advisory Softkey annunciation.
Pressing the Advisory Softkey acknowledges the presence of the annunciation alert.
Some messages do not require acknowledgement. Refer to Advisory Annunciations
Table 18 for annunciation alert conditions and behaviors.
Additional
Features
aircraft that may require intervention. Caution alert text is shown in amber in the
Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a flashing ‘Caution’ Softkey
annunciation. A double chime lasting for one second occurs with select caution alerts.
Pressing the Caution Softkey acknowledges the presence of the caution alert. Refer to
Caution Annunciations Table 18 for caution conditions and alerting behaviors.
AFCS
• Caution: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the
Hazard
Avoidance
red in the Annunciation Window and a flashing ‘Warning’ Softkey annunciation. A
repeating double chime accompanies select warning conditions. Pressing the Warning
Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert and stops the chime (if
present). Refer to Warning Annunciations Table 18 for warning conditions and alerting
behaviors.
Flight
Management
• Warning: This level of alert requires immediate attention. Warning alert text is shown in
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: Aural alerts associated with abnormal conditions and advisories are
managed through the audio panels. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information.
EIS
The Alerting System uses four alert levels. Messages are grouped by criticality (warning,
caution, advisory, message advisory alerts) and sorted by order of appearance (most recent
messages on top). The color of the message is based on its urgency and on required
action:
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: Any CAS messages that are generated when the system is first powered
on are considered already acknowledged. They do not flash or trigger the
Warning or Caution softkeys.
condition. When graduating to a higher priority, the message flashes and requires new
acknowledgment. When degrading to a lower priority condition, the message moves to
the top of the appropriate grouping, but does not require new acknowledgment.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
CAS
Window
Hazard
Avoidance
Softkey
Annunci ation
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 59 CAS Message Prioritization
Figure 60 Softkey Annunciation (Alert Softkey Labels)
CAS Annunciations
The following alerts are configured specifically for the Cirrus SR2x models. Red
annunciation window text signifies warnings and amber, cautions. See the Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) for recommended pilot actions.
Inhibits prevent certain CAS messages from being displayed during the following
conditions:
If two alert levels of the same message are active simultaneously (e.g., L FUEL QTY
warning and L FUEL QTY caution) only the higher alert level is displayed.
If a GEA or GIA fails, all CAS messages depending on sensors associated with that
LRU are automatically inhibited. Inhibits cannot be activated by invalid sensor data.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Display Inhibits
192 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Annunciation Text
Description
¤
Tank valves cannot be controlled (closed) (TKS).
ANTI ICE FLOW
¤
Flow rate is low (TKS).
¤
Left and right fluid quantities are unknown (TKS).
ANTI ICE QTY
¤
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
AOA probe is overheated.
AUTO DESCENT
†
Automatic descent to 14,000FT in 60 seconds.
AUTO DESCENT
†
Aircraft descending to 14,000FT.
AUTO DESCENT
†
Aircraft descending to 12,500FT.
AUTO DESCENT
†
Aircraft descended due to pilot incapacitation.
BRAKE TEMP
Brake temperature is high.
Cylinder head temperature is high.
CO LVL HIGH
Carbon monoxide level is too high.
DUCT OVERHEAT
^
FUEL FLOW
Cabin heat duct temperature is high.
Check essential power bus voltage.
Check fuel flow.
*
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
Check fuel tank levels.
M BUS 1
Check main power bus 1 voltage.
M BUS 2
Check main power bus 2 voltage.
MAN PRESSURE
*
Oil pressure is out of range.
OIL TEMP
OXYGEN FAULT
PITCH TRIM
#
#
Oxygen system fault.
Oxygen quantity is low.
Pitch Trim control has failed.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 193
Index
OXYGEN QTY
Oil temperature is high.
Appendix
OIL PRESSURE
Check manifold pressure.
Annunciations
& Alerts
FUEL QTY
Abnormal
Operation
FUEL IMBALANCE
Additional
Features
ESS BUS
AFCS
CHT
Hazard
Avoidance
¤
Flight
Management
AOA OVERHEAT
Audio Panel
and CNS
ANTI ICE QTY
EIS
ANTI ICE CTRL
Flight
Instruments
Warning Annunciations
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Annunciation Text
Description
RPM
Check engine RPM.
SPIN SPIN SPIN
Spin entry detected.
STALL
Stall warning.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
START ENGAGED
TIT
Starter is engaged.
TIT temperature is high.
*
UNDERSPEED
PROTECT ACTIVE
†
None.
¤ — TKS FIKI (optional)
† — Garmin AFCS required
^ — SR22T only
* — Not applicable to all models
# — Optional
Caution Annunciations
Annunciation Text
Description
ALT 1
Check alternator 1 current.
ALT 2
Check alternator 2 current.
ALT AIR OPEN
*
Alternate air door is open.
ANTI ICE HEAT
¤
Stall warning/AoA heater has failed.
ANTI ICE LEVEL
¤
Left tank fluid quantity is unreliable (TKS).
ANTI ICE LEVEL
¤
Right tank fluid quantity is unreliable (TKS).
ANTI ICE PRESS
¤
Tail pressure is low (TKS).
ANTI ICE PRESS
¤
Pressure is high (TKS).
ANTI ICE QTY
¤
Fluid quantity imbalance has been detected (TKS).
ANTI ICE QTY
¤
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
ANTI ICE SPEED
¤
Airspeed is too low for ice protection (TKS).
ANTI ICE SPEED
¤
Airspeed is to high for ice protection (TKS).
AP MISCOMPARE
Autopilot miscompare, autopilot is not available.
#
194 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
AP/PFD DIF ADC
#
Autopilot and PFD are using different ADCs.
Flight
Instruments
Annunciation Text
Autopilot and PFD are using different AHRSs.
AP/PFD DIF AHRS
#
Check battery 1 current.
Brake temperature is high.
BRAKE TEMP
Cylinder head temperature is high.
CHT
Flaps are extended beyond airspeed limitations.
FUEL IMBALANCE
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
Check fuel tank levels.
HYPOXIA ALERT
†
Hypoxia caution alert.
Check main power bus 1.
M BUS 2
Check main power bus 2.
*
Check manifold pressure.
NO ADC MODES
#
Autopilot air data modes are not available.
NO VERT MODES
# Autopilot vertical modes are not available.
Oil temperature is high.
OIL TEMP
#
Oxygen quantity is low.
OXYGEN RQD
#
Oxygen is required.
Pitot heat failure.
Pitot heat is required.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 195
Index
PITOT HEAT REQD
Parking break is set.
Appendix
OXYGEN QTY
Annunciations
& Alerts
Oil pressure is out of range.
OIL PRESSURE
Abnormal
Operation
MAN PRESSURE
Additional
Features
M BUS 1
AFCS
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the
exact magnetic variance for geographic locations
near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course
angles may differ from the actual magnetic heading
by more than 2°.
LRG MAG VAR
Hazard
Avoidance
FUEL QTY
PITOT HEAT FAIL
Flight
Management
FLAP OVERSPEED
Audio Panel
and CNS
BATT 1
PARK BRAKE
EIS
Avionics master switch is off.
AVIONICS OFF
Annunciation Text
Description
SLCT MAG
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle
units on the Avioncs Settings Screen to Magnetic.
SLCT NON-MAG
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle
units on the Avioncs Settings Screen to True.
START ENGAGED
Starter is engaged.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
¤ — TKS FIKI (optional)
† — Garmin AFCS required
^ — SR22T only
* — Not applicable to all models
# — Optional
Advisory Annunciations
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Annunciation Text
ALTITUDE SEL
#
Climbing away from selected altitude.
ALTITUDE SEL
#
Descending away from selected altitude.
AOA FAIL
ARE YOU ALERT
†
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
HIGH MP FF
Are you alert?
Current track will not intercept selected course.
#
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
FUEL IMBALANCE
Avoid fuel flow 18 to 30 GPH and MP above 26”.
*
Check left fuel tank level.
L FUEL QTY
OXYGEN LEFT
#
Oxygen system is left on after shutdown.
OXYGEN QTY
#
Oxygen quantity is low.
PUMP BACKUP
¤
Anti-ice backup pump mode has been selected
(TKS).
R FUEL QTY
Appendix
Dynamic stall speed band is unavailable.
¤
COURSE SEL
Index
Description
SFC WATCH FAIL
Check right fuel tank level.
Surfacewatch failed.
¤ — TKS FIKI (optional)
† — Garmin AFCS required
^ — SR22T only
* — Not applicable to all models
# — Optional
196 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Annunciation Text
ANTI ICE QTY
Description
¤
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
The carbon monoxide detector is inoperative.
CO DET SRVC
The carbon monoxide detector needs service.
ESP config error. Config service req'd.
†
ESP is inoperative.
ESP OFF
†
ESP selected off.
ESP DEGRADE
EXIT ICING
¤#
#
ESP IAS mode is inoperative.
Exit icing conditions.
An autopilot servo data path has failed.
MFD FAN FAIL
MFD cooling fan is inoperative.
PFD FAN FAIL
PFD cooling fan is inoperative.
Annunciations
& Alerts
If the system cannot complete a Connext Data Request, one or more messages will
appear in the Request Status Window.
Abnormal
Operation
Abnormal Operations for Garmin Connext Weather
Additional
Features
GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER REQUEST STATUS
AFCS
¤ — TKS FIKI (optional)
† — Garmin AFCS required
^ — SR22T only
* — Not applicable to all models
# — Optional
Hazard
Avoidance
FAILED PATH
†
Flight
Management
ESP FAIL
Audio Panel
and CNS
†
EIS
CO DET FAIL
ESP CONFIG
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 197
Weather Request
Status Message
Description
Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request to
reset.
The system has disabled automatic weather data
requests due to excessive errors. Automatic weather
data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather
data request to resume automatic updates.
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
The system will attempt another automatic weather
data request after an error occurred during the previous
request. Timer counts down until the next automatic
request occurs.
Connext Comm Error [1]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the
system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [2]
A communications error has occurred. The system
should be serviced if this error persists.
Connext Comm Error [3]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the
system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [4]
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests
have recently failed, or an LRU is off-line.
Connext Comm Error [5]
This can occur if an LRU is off-line or not configured, or
the Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not
accessible. Check Iridium signal strength. If this error
persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [6]
A communications error has occurred. It this error
persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [7]
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium
signal strength and re-send the data request.
Connext Comm Error [8]
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
Connext Comm Error [9]
An error occurred while reading or writing data. If the
error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Login Invalid
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext
registration. Contact Garmin through the phone
number listed at its website, www.flygarmin.com.
Connext Server Temp
Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server is temporarily
out of service, but is expected to return to service in
less than 30 minutes.
Connext Server Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server will be out of
service for at least 30 minutes.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
198 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Invalid Coverage Area
Description
Request Canceled
The user has cancelled a Connext Data Request.
Request Failed - Try
Again
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data
request.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 199
Appendix
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed
terrain database coverage area.
Annunciations
& Alerts
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
Abnormal
Operation
TERRAIN-SVT AND TAWS-B ALERTING DISPLAYS AND
ANNUNCIATIONS
Additional
Features
When the system is operating in Reversionary Mode, only those weather products
which can be displayed on the PFD maps will be available for display. f manual Connext
Data Requests were enabled prior to entering Reversionary Mode, no new weather data
will be retrieved while operating in Reversionary Mode. If automatic Connext Data
Requests were enabled prior to Reversionary Mode operation, the system will continue the
automatic data requests in Reversionary Mode (provided automatic requests have not
been inhibited due to a system error).
AFCS
Table 18 Abnormal Garmin Connext Data Request Status Messages
Hazard
Avoidance
The size of the received weather data has exceeded
system memory limits. Reduce the size of the coverage
area and issue another Connext Data Request to ensure
all available weather data has been received.
Flight
Management
Reduce Request Area
Audio Panel
and CNS
No Connext Subscription The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin
Connext services or the access code is incorrect. Verify
the access code. Contact Garmin via the phone number
listed on its website at www.flygarmin.com..
EIS
The weather data request coverage area does not
contain at least one of the following: a waypoint, a
flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least
one of the coverage options is enabled (checked) and
contains required criteria, then re-send the data
request.
Flight
Instruments
Weather Request
Status Message
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the
Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing the
affected areas.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting requires the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B option.
No terrain or obstacle alerting occurs for the Terrain Proximity feature.
The terrain system increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight
into terrain (CFIT) and obstacles.
One of the following terrain systems is installed on this aircraft:
• Terrain Proximity
• Terrain-SVT (included with the Garmin SVT option when the Terrain Awareness and
Warning System Class-B (TAWS-B) is not installed; refer to the Flight Instruments
section for more information about Garmin SVT.
• TAWS-B (optional)
The installed terrain system provides color indications on map displays when terrain or
obstacles, including certain power lines, are within a certain altitude threshold from the
aircraft. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B furthermore provide advisory visual annunciations and
voice alerts to indicate the presence of threatening terrain or obstacles relevant to the
projected flight path. This alerting capability is not present in the Terrain Proximity
feature. Compared to Terrain-SVT alerting, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to
assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles. The TAWS-B system includes more
alerting capabilities than the Terrain-SVT system.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
The terrain system requires the following for proper operation:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
• Valid terrain and obstacle databases
The terrain system uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government and
other sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database
that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions, such as towers or power lines,
may be shown if available in the database. Garmin verifies the data to confirm accuracy of
the content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being allinclusive and data may still contain inaccuracies.
The terrain and obstacle databases used by the terrain system are referenced to MSL.
Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, the terrain system displays a 2-D picture of the
surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft.
Furthermore, for the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, the system uses the GPS position
and GSL altitude to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the
surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems
can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
200 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
While the aircraft is on the ground, the system displays relative terrain 400 feet or more
above the aircraft altitude using red, and terrain at less than 400 feet above aircraft
altitude using black, as shown on the On-Ground Legend. When the aircraft is in the air,
the system displays relative terrain information using red, yellow, green, and black, as
shown on the In-Air Legend. As the aircraft transitions from on-ground to in-air, or from
in-air to on-ground, the display of relative terrain momentarily fades into the
corresponding colors. For Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, if an alert occurs, the relative
terrain colors transition to the In-Air Legend if the On-Ground Legend was shown in
order to provide the pilot with the most information possible.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The terrain system uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and point obstacles
(with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level present in the databases relative to
aircraft altitude. The system dynamically adjusts these colors as the aircraft altitude
changes, and after takeoff and landing.
EIS
Relative Terrain Symbology
Flight
Instruments
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter
setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be
achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along
the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions seldom match the
standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model
(where pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the
baro-corrected altitude (as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This
variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
On-Ground Legend
Additional
Features
In-Air Legend
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following figure shows the relative terrain coloring for the Terrain Proximity
system.
Appendix
Figure 61 Relative Terrain Legends
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 201
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
100 ft Threshold
Red
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
EIS
2000 ft
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Figure 62 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
The following figure shows relative terrain coloring for the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B
systems.
Projected Flight Path
Hazard
Avoidance
100 ft Threshold
AFCS
Additional
Features
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
Abnormal
Operation
Red
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Figure 63 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVT or TAWSB Systems
NOTE: The Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Inset Window shows terrain at least
2000 feet below the aircraft altitude as gray.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following tables show the relative obstacle coloring used by the terrain systems.
202 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
< 1000’
AGL
> 1000’
AGL
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’
AGL
Obstacle Location
> 1000’
AGL
Wire Obstacle
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 19 Relative Point Obstacle Symbols and Colors
Flight
Management
White point obstacle is
more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Audio Panel
and CNS
Yellow point obstacle is
between the aircraft
altitude to within 250
feet below the aircraft
altitude
EIS
Red point obstacle is at or
above the aircraft altitude
Flight
Instruments
Unlighted Obstacle
Wire Obstacle Location
White wire obstacle is more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Abnormal
Operation
Table 20 Relative Wire Obstacles and Colors
Additional
Features
Yellow wire obstacle is between the aircraft
altitude to within 250 feet below the aircraft
altitude
AFCS
Red wire obstacle is at or above the aircraft
altitude
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 203
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Unlighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Lighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Wind Turbine Obstacle Location
EIS
Red wind turbine obstacle is at or above
the aircraft altitude
White wind turbine obstacle is more
than 250 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 21 Relative Wind Turbine Obstacles and Colors
The Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems show potential impacts areas for terrain and
obstacles using yellow and red as shown in the following table.
Potential Impact Area
Examples
Alert Type
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Yellow wind turbine obstacle is between
the aircraft altitude to within 250 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Warning
TAWS-B Warning:
Terrain-SVT Warning:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
or
Example Annunciation
or
Caution
Table 22 Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Potential Impact Area with
Annunciations
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVT
or TAWS-B software algorithms. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B alerts typically employ a caution
or a warning alert severity level, or both. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued.
204 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
Flight
Instruments
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The terrain alert
annunciation appears to the left of the Selected Altitude box on the PFD, and bottom on the
MFD. If the terrain page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To
acknowledge the pop-up alert:
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page)
Alert Annunciation
Audio Panel
and CNS
Pop-up
Alert
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Figure 64 TAWS-B Alert Annunciations
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Alert Annunciation
Terrain Legend
Appendix
Figure 65 TAWS-B Page with Alert Annunciation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Terrain Display Enabled Icon
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 205
Alert Type
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
Terrain-SVT
Page)
Voice Alert
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required
Line Clearance
(RLC) Warning
“Warning; Wire, Wire”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Line
Impact Caution
(ILI)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution
(ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required
Line Clearance
Caution (RLC)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Flight
Management
PFD/Terrain
—SVT Page
Alert
Annunciatio
n
Hazard
Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
206 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/Terrain
—SVT Page
Alert
Annunciatio
n
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
Terrain-SVT
Page)
Voice Alert
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
PFD/TAWS—B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
“Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Imminent Line
Impact Warning
(ILI)
“Wire Ahead; Pull Up, Pull
Up”
Reduced
Required Line
Clearance
Warning (RLC)
“Wire, Wire; Pull Up, Pull
Up”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
AFCS
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning
(EDR)
Hazard
Avoidance
Alert Type
Flight
Management
Table 23 Terrain-SVT Alerts Summary
Audio Panel
and CNS
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
EIS
Reduced Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Caution (ROC)
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 207
Alert Type
PFD/TAWS—B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution
(ITI)
“Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”
Required
Reduced Line
Clearance (RLC)
Impact Caution
“Caution, Wire; Caution,
Wire”
Imminent Line
Clearance Impact
Caution (ILI)
“Wire Ahead; Wire
Ahead”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Premature
Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Altitude Voice
Callout (VCO)
“500”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
208 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TAWS—B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb
Rate Caution
(NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
EIS
Excessive Descent
Rate Caution
(EDR)
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 209
Index
When the traffic system is in Operating Mode, the system interrogates the transponders
of other aircraft in the vicinity while monitoring for transponder replies. The system uses
this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and if reported, the altitude and
vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The traffic system then
calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach
Appendix
Theory of Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
The traffic system is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode
A, C, or S transponders in order to issue alerts if warranted. The system can display up to 30
aircraft with the highest threat potential simultaneously. No TAS surveillance is provided for
aircraft without operating transponders.
Abnormal
Operation
The optional Garmin GTS 800 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). The traffic system
enhances flight crew situational awareness by displaying traffic information for transponderequipped aircraft. The traffic system also provides visual annunciations and voice traffic
alerts to assist in visually acquiring traffic.
Additional
Features
NOTE: Refer to the ADS-B Traffic discussion for more information about ADS-B
traffic displays.
AFCS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft. Due
to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
Hazard
Avoidance
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve
the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
Flight
Management
TAS TRAFFIC
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 24 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
(CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), the traffic
system provides visual annunciations and voice alerts.
TAS Surveillance Volume and Symbology
The TAS surveillance system monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude.
Under ideal conditions, the TAS system scans transponder traffic up to 22NM in the
forward direction. The range is somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due
to the directional interrogation signal patterns. In areas of greater transponder traffic
density, the on-board traffic system automatically reduces its interrogation transmitter
power (and therefore range) in order to limit potential interference from other signals.
The system can display the symbols shown in the following table.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
210 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the
direction of the aircraft track.
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in
the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Table 25 ADS-B Traffic Symbology with GTX 345R Transponder
Appendix
If not equipped with an Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B)
transponder, traffic symbology will be displayed as in the following table:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed
when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on
the ground.
Abnormal
Operation
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic
is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own
aircraft is on the ground.
Additional
Features
Traffic located on the ground with directional information.
Points in the direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is
only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own
aircraft is on the ground.
AFCS
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Hazard
Avoidance
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
Flight
Management
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without
directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with
directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing.
EIS
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Flight
Instruments
Symbol
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 211
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Symbol
Description
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without
directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing.
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Table 26 TAS Symbol Description with GTX 335 Transponder
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a amber circle or triangle, alerts the crew to a
potentially hazardous intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical
separation meet TA criteria. A TA that is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is
indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the
intruder.
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or triangle, indicates
the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not
considered a TA threat. A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond or
triangle, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm that is neither a TA or PA.
Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding
intruder symbol in hundreds of feet . When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is
preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a minus sign ‘-’ indicates traffic is below own aircraft. The
system displays the altitude vertical trend as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than
500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the intruder symbol.
Relative Altitude
Vertical trend arrow
If the intruding aircraft is providing ADS-B track information, a motion vector line
extending beyond the traffic symbol in the direction of the track may also be displayed
when either absolute or relative motion vectors are enabled; refer to the ADS-B Traffic
discussion for more information.
Index
Appendix
Figure 66 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow
212 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
TA Alerting Conditions
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15
seconds of separation or intruder range is
within 0.2 NM.
B
Yes
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30
seconds of vertical and horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30
seconds of horizontal separation and vertical
separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical
separation is within 800 feet.
B
No
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20
seconds of separation or intruder range is
within 0.55 NM.
Annunciations
& Alerts
No
Abnormal
Operation
A
Additional
Features
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20
seconds of vertical and horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20
seconds of horizontal separation and vertical
separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical
separation is within 600 feet.
AFCS
Yes
Hazard
Avoidance
A
Flight
Management
Intruder Altitude
Available
Audio Panel
and CNS
Sensitivity
Level
EIS
The traffic system automatically reduces its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood
of nuisance TA alerting during certain flight conditions. Level A (reduced) TA sensitivity
normally applies when the aircraft is less than 2,000 feet above ground level. If the system
cannot determine this height, then Level A TA sensitivity applies when the groundspeed is
less than 120 knots. In all other conditions, the system uses Level B (increased) sensitivity
in order to determine TA threats.
Flight
Instruments
TA Alerting Conditions
Table 27 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
Appendix
Traffic Alerts
When the traffic system detects a new TA, the following occur:
about the bearing, relative altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that
triggered the TA. For example, the announcement “Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,”
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 213
Index
• The system issues a single “Traffic!” voice alert, followed by additional voice information
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft, above own altitude, and
approximately four nautical miles away.
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears at the right of the airspeed tape on the PFD, flashes
• The system displays the TA traffic on a PFD map. If a navigation map, such as the Inset
Map or HSI map was already shown on the PFD prior to the TA occurrence, the system
automatically enables the traffic overlay on the map if necessary in order to show the
TA. If no map was shown on the PFD prior to the TA, then the Traffic Inset Map is
displayed on the PFD.
• If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed
in the center of the Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead
of a TA symbol. The text will indicate “TA” followed by the distance, relative altitude,
and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially
triggered the TA are no longer present.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
for five seconds, and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Traffic
Annunciation
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
Figure 67 Traffic Annunciation on the PFD with Inset Traffic Map
Bearing
Relative Altitude
Approximate
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock” or “No
Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same
Altitude” (if within 200 feet of
own altitude), or “Altitude not
available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through
“Ten Miles”, or “More
than ten miles”
Index
Table 28 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
214 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution
when performing a system test during flight.
Flight
Instruments
System Test
EIS
If the aircraft has ADS-B In capability, the system announces “Traffic System Test”, and
the test pattern corresponds to the current aircraft heading. A climbing TA is shown to the
west, level Other Non-Threat traffic is shown to the northwest, and a descending
Proximity Advisory is in the northeast, relative to own aircraft. If the system test passes,
the traffic system enters standby mode, and no traffic failure annunciations are displayed
on the traffic maps.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Hazard
Avoidance
If the aircraft does not have ADS-B In capability, the test pattern is fixed and does not
correspond to the aircraft heading. If the system test passes, the system announces, “TAS
System Test Passed” Otherwise the system announces, “TAS System Test Failed.” When the
system test is complete, the traffic system enters Standby Mode.
Flight
Management
The traffic system provides a system test mode to verify normal operation. The test
takes approximately ten seconds to complete. When the system test is initiated, a test
pattern of traffic symbols appears on the traffic maps.
TAS Test Mode
AFCS
Test Mode
Annunciation
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Appendix
ADS-B TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 68 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
ADS-B System Status
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 215
Index
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
ADS-B Mode
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map
Page)
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
ADS-B System
Test Initiated
ADS-B:
TEST
TEST MODE
ADS-B Operating
in Airborne Mode
ADS-B:
AIRB
NONE
ADS-B Operating
in Surface Mode
ADS-B:
SURF
NONE
ABS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B:
OFF
ADS-B TRFC
OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not
Available
ADS-B:
N/A
NO
TRK/HDG
ADS-B Failed*
ADS-B:
FAIL
FAILED
Traffic Display
Status Icon (Other
Maps)
* See ‘Traffic Failure Annunciations’ Table for additional failure annunciations
Table 29 ADS-B Modes
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode
cannot be selected.
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
Description
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
DATA FAILED
Data is being received from the traffic unit,
but the unit is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the traffic
unit
Table 30 Traffic Failure Annunciations
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the
lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
216 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
TA X.X±XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic
Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance
in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet,
and altitude trend arrow (climbing/
descending).
TRFC FAIL
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a
failure or sending incorrectly formatted data).
NO TRFC DATA
Data is not being received from the traffic
unit.
Flight
Management
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected
display range*. Annunciation is removed
when traffic comes within the selected display
range.
Audio Panel
and CNS
TA OFF SCALE
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Hazard
Avoidance
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 31 Traffic Status Annunciations
AFCS
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS
The SurfaceWatch alert annunciations are displayed in the central portion of the PFD.
The alert annunciations are accompanied by a corresponding voice alert.
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft
is taking off from a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway)
“Runway too Short”
Issued when the aircraft
is taking off from, or
landing on, a runway
with a length less than
needed as entered by the
crew.
Appendix
Description
Annunciations
& Alerts
Associated Voice
Alert
Abnormal
Operation
SufaceWatch Annunciation
Additional
Features
Alerts
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 217
SufaceWatch Annunciation
Associated Voice
Alert
Description
“Check Runway”
Issued when the aircraft
is taking off from, or
landing on, a runway
different than that
entered by the crew.
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft
is landing on a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway).
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Table 32 SuraceWatch Alert Annunciations
GDL 69/69A SXM DATA LINK RECEIVER MESSAGES
If Failure Still Exists
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible
problem:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Message
Message Location
Description
CHECK
ANTENNA
XM Information Page
(MFD)
Data Link Receiver antenna error;
service required
UPDATING
XM Information Page
(MFD)
Data Link Receiver updating
encryption code
NO SIGNAL
XM Information Page
Weather Datalink Page
(MFD)
Loss of signal; signal strength
too low for receiver
LOADING
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Acquiring channel audio or
information
OFF AIR
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Channel not in service
--------
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Missing channel information
WEATHER
DATA LINK
FAILED
Weather Datalink Page
(MFD)
No communication from Data
Link Receiver within last 5
minutes
XM Information Page
(MFD)
SiriusXM subscription is not
activated
ACTIVATION
REQUIRED
218 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Location
Description
SiriusXM subscription is
activating
WAITING
FOR DATA...
Weather Datalink Page
(MFD)
SiriusXM subscription confirmed
downloading weather data
Flight Plan Import/Export
Description
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was
successfully imported as a stored flight plan.
AFCS
‘File contained user waypoints
only. User waypoints imported
successfully. No stored flight plan
data was modified.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. These
waypoints have been saved to the system user
waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system
have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported
from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully
imported from the SD card, however others
had errors and were not imported. A partial
stored flight plan now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. One or more
of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more
waypoints than the system can support. The
flight plan was imported with as many
waypoints as possible.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 219
Additional
Features
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Hazard
Avoidance
Under certain conditions, the following messages may appear when a flight plan is
imported or exported from or to an SD card. Some messages may appear in conjunction
with others.
Flight
Management
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the
Stored Flight Plan Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
EIS
DETECTING
ACTIVATION
Weather Datalink Page
(MFD)
Flight
Instruments
Message
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Description
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or
more waypoints that the system cannot find in
the navigation database. The flight plan has
been imported, but must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not
all loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user
waypoints. The quantity of stored user
waypoints has exceeded system capacity,
therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD
card have been imported. Any flight plan user
waypoints that were not imported are locked in
the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited
within the system before it can be activated for
use.
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were
renamed when imported due to naming
conflicts with waypoints already existing in the
system.
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported
to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully
exported to the SD card. The SD card may not
have sufficient available memory or the card
may have been removed prematurely.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Table 33 Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Crew Profiles
System settings may be saved under a crew profile. When the system is powered on,
the last selected crew profile is shown on the MFD Power-up Screen. The system can
store up to 25 profiles; the currently active profile, the amount of memory used, and
the amount of memory available are shown at the top of the System Setup Page in the
box labeled “Crew Profile”. From here, crew profiles may be created, selected, renamed,
or deleted. Crew profiles may also be exported from the system to an SD card, or
imported from an SD card into the system.
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others:
220 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
‘No crew profile files found.’
Displayed if the SD card does not have
one or more valid pilot profile filenames.
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches
the name of existing profile.
Displayed if the importing operation fails
for any other reason.
‘Crew profile import succeeded.’
Displayed if the importing operation
succeeds.
‘Overwrite existing file?’
Displayed if the filename matches the
name of an existing file on the SD card.
‘Crew profile export failed.’
Displayed if the export operation fails.
‘Crew profile export succeeded.’
Displayed if the export operation
succeeds.
AFCS
‘Crew profile import failed.’
Hazard
Avoidance
Displayed if the maximum number for
pilot profiles has been reached.
Flight
Management
‘All available crew profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.’
Audio Panel
and CNS
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a different Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
profile name.’
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Message
Table 34 Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
Additional
Features
VOICE ALERTS
Voice Alerts
Description
Airspeed exceeds VNE
“Altitude”
Issued when the aircraft transitions beyond the
set altitude limit
“Check runway”
The ESP system is engaging the autopilot. See the
AFCS section for more details.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 221
Index
“Engaging autopilot”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway).
Appendix
“Airspeed”
Annunciations
& Alerts
Message
Abnormal
Operation
The following aural alerts are announced by the system using a human voice. If an
optional terrain system is installed, voice alerts are also generated (refer to the appropriate
terrain alerts section).
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
“Minimums, minimums”
EIS
“Incoming Call”
“Runway too short”
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
“Stall”
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway)
Imminent stall is sensed by stall vane
Played when the optional GTS 800 traffic system
passes a pilot-initiated self test.
“TAS System Test Failed”
Played when the optional GTS 800 traffic system
fails a pilot-initiated self test.
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or
landing on, a runway with a length less than
needed as entered.
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or
landing on, a runway different than that entered
in the Takeoff Data or Landing Data screen.
“TIS Not Available”
“Traffic”
Appendix
A call has been received via the Iridium system.
“TAS System Test Passed”
“Timer Expired”
Index
Description
Aircraft has descended below the preset
barometric minimum descent altitude
“Traffic, (distance, bearing,
altitude)”
“Vertical track”
Countdown timer on the PFD has reached zero
Aircraft is outside TIS coverage area
TIS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the TIS
system
TAS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the
optional GTS 800 TAS system. See the Hazard
Avoidance section for additional details on GTS
800 voice alerts.
Aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued
only when vertical navigation is enabled.
SYSTEM MESSAGES
System Messages
NOTE: This section provides information regarding message advisories that may
be displayed by the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight
conditions, and other existing operational priorities must be considered when
responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance
found in this section.
222 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
GDC is reporting that the altitude error correction
is unavailable.
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1
airspeed error correction is
unavailable.
GDC is reporting that the airspeed error correction
is unavailable.
GDC is reporting that the altitude error correction
is unavailable.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC1 airsp
eed error correction is
unavailable.
GDC is reporting that the airspeed error correction
is unavailable.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1
config error. Config service
req’d
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using
backup GPS source.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path.
Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be
serviced when possible.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving any GPS
information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system
should be serviced.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 223
Index
The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system
should be serviced.
Appendix
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1
calibration version error. Srvc
req’d
Annunciations
& Alerts
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model
database versions do not match.
Abnormal
Operation
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS
magnetic model database
version mismatch.
Additional
Features
The AHRS should be serviced.
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
AFCS
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC1
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
Hazard
Avoidance
The AHRS should be serviced.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
Flight
Management
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Audio Panel
and CNS
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
EIS
Message Advisory
Flight
Instruments
This section describes various system message advisories. Certain messages are issued
due to an LRU or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by
a corresponding red amber ‘X’ annunciation as shown previously in the System
Annunciation section.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving backup GPS
information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS
information. The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
operating exclusively in noGPS mode.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS
mode. The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1
Magnetic-field model needs
update.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of
date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not
receiving valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from
the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS
information to augment the lack of airspeed. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2
calibration version error. Srvc
req’d
The #2 AHRS calibration version error. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS2 CONFIG – AHRS2
config error. Config service
req’d
#2 AHRS configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using
backup GPS source.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path.
Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be
serviced when possible.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not
receiving any GPS
information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not
receiving backup GPS
information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS
information. The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
operating exclusively in noGPS mode.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS
mode. The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2
Magnetic-field model needs
update.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of
date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not
receiving valid airspeed.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from
the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS
information to augment the lack of airspeed. The
system should be serviced.
224 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The
aircraft will penetrate the airspace within 10
minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near and ahead.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the
aircraft position.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near – less than 2 nm.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft
position.
AUDIO MANIFEST – AUDIO Incorrect audio software installed. The system
should be serviced
MANIFEST
Flight
Management
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace
ahead less than 10 minutes.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable,
use LNAV only minimums.
EIS
APR DWNGRADE –
Approach downgraded.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
APPR INACTV – Approach is The system notifies the pilot that the loaded
approach is not active. Activate approach when
not active.
required.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published
localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
Hazard
Avoidance
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] is
[CRS]°.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published
localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
AFCS
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
The PFD configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1
config error. Config service
req’d.
The COM1 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced
COM1 MANIFEST – COM1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
COM1 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
COM1 PTT – COM1 pushto-talk key is stuck.
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in
the enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT
switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1
remote transfer key is stuck.
The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled
(or “pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 225
Abnormal
Operation
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1
COM1 SERVICE – COM1
needs service. Return unit for may still be usable. The system should be serviced
when possible.
repair.
Additional
Features
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC1 / [LOC ID] is
[CRS]°.
Message Advisory
Comments
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over
temp. Reducing transmitter
power.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in COM 1. The transmitter is operating at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COM2 CONFIG – COM2
config error. Config service
req’d.
The COM2 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced
COM2 MANIFEST – COM2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
COM2 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
COM2 PTT – COM2 pushto-talk key is stuck.
The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in
the enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT
switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2
remote transfer key is stuck.
The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled
(or “pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over
temp. Reducing transmitter
power.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in COM2. The transmitter is operating at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
The PFD configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored
data was lost. Recheck
settings.
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to
default pilot profile and settings. The pilot may
reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings,
if desired.
DB CHANGE – Database
changed. Verify user
modified procedures.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains
procedures that have been manually edited. This
alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify that the user-modified procedures in
stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Additional
Features
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2
COM2 SERVICE – COM2
needs service. Return unit for may still be usable. The system should be serviced
when possible.
repair.
Abnormal
Operation
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
226 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored
flight plan waypoint is locked. This occurs when an
navigation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified
waypoint and flags this message. This can also
occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is
deleted. Remove the waypoint from the flight plan
if it no longer exists in any database, or update the
waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new
information.
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight
plan waypoint moved.
The system has detected that a waypoint
coordinate has changed due to a new navigation
database update. Verify that stored flight plans
contain correct waypoint locations.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is
inoperative
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1
and/or receiver 2. The system should be serviced.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is
inoperative
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1
and/or receiver 2. The system should be serviced.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 227
Index
This occurs when a newly installed navigation
database eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival
used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete
procedure is removed from the flight plan. Update
flight plan with current arrival or approach.
Appendix
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has
been truncated.
Annunciations
& Alerts
A data path connected to the GDU, GSD 41, or the
GIA has failed.
Abnormal
Operation
FAILED PATH – A data path
has failed.
Additional
Features
The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database
versions or types installed. Install correct terrain
database version or type in all displays.
AFCS
DB MISMATCH – Terrain
database mismatch.
Hazard
Avoidance
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle
database installed. Install correct obstacle database
in all displays.
Flight
Management
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
database mismatch.
Audio Panel
and CNS
DB MISMATCH – Navigation The PFDs and MFD have different navigation
database versions or types (Americas, European,
database mismatch. Xtalk is
etc.) installed. Crossfill is off. Install correct
off.
navigation database version or type in all displays.
EIS
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an
airway that is no longer consistent with the
navigation database. This alert is issued only after
an navigation database update. Verify use of
airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as
needed.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
DB CHANGE – Database
changed. Verify stored
airways.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1
service. Return unit for repair and/or receiver 2. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced when
possible.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1
service. Return unit for repair and/or receiver 2. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced when
possible.
GCU1 CONFIG – GCU1
Config error. Config service
req’d.
GCU 479 configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The G1000
system should be serviced.
GCU1 FAIL – GCU1 is
inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GCU 479. The
GCU 479 is unavailable.
GCU1 KEYSTK – GDC1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
A key is stuck on the GCU 479 bezel. Attempt to
free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The
G1000 system should be serviced if the problem
persists.
GCU1 MANIFEST – GCU1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GCU 479 has incorrect software installed. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDC has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GDC2 MANIFEST – GDC2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDC has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69
config error. Config service
req’d.
GDL 69A configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has
failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69A. The
receiver is unavailable. The system should be
serviced
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL69
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDL 69A has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1
config error. Config service
req’d.
The GEA configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
228 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for
approved AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as
invalid.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain
settings are incorrect.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
The GIA1 temperature is too low to operate
correctly. Allow units to warm up to operating
temperature.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
The GIA1 temperature is too high. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GIA1 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs The GIA1 self-test has detected a problem in the
unit. The system should be serviced.
service. Return the unit for
repair.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
The GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config The GIA2 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
error. Config service req’d.
be serviced.
The GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration.
The system should be serviced.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 229
Index
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio
config error. Config service
req’d.
Appendix
The GIA2 temperature is too low to operate
correctly. Allow units to warm up to operating
temperature.
Annunciations
& Alerts
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
Abnormal
Operation
The GIA1 have an error in the audio configuration.
The system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio
config error. Config service
req’d.
AFCS
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config The GIA1 configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
error. Config service req’d.
be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too
far North/South, no
magnetic compass.
Flight
Management
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for
approved AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as
invalid.
Audio Panel
and CNS
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too
far North/South, no
magnetic compass.
EIS
The GEA 71 incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Message Advisory
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Comments
The GIA2 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GMA1 AUX MANIFEST –
GMA 1 AUX software
mismatch, communication
halted.
The digital audio controller has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
config error. Config service
req’d.
The audio panel configuration settings do not
match backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is
inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure.
The audio panel is unavailable. The system should
be serviced.
GMA1 MANIFEST – GMA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed.
The system should be serviced.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs The GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the
unit. The system should be serviced.
service. Return the unit for
repair.
Flight
Management
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
needs service. Return unit for the unit. Certain audio functions may still be
available, and the audio panel may still be usable.
repair.
The system should be serviced when possible.
GMU1 MANIFEST – GMU1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GMC CONFIG – GMC
Config error. Config service
req’d
Error in the configuration of the GMC 707.
GMC KEYSTK – GCU [key
name] Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the GMC 707 bezel. Attempt to
free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The
system should be serviced if the problem persists.
GMC MANIFEST – GMC
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GMC 707 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. Insufficient
satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
230 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. GPS fail.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
A failure has been detected in the GSR. The system
should be serviced.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GSR2 FAIL – GSR2 has
failed.
A failure has been detected in the #2 GSR 56. The
system should be serviced.
GRS2 MANIFEST – GRS2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GTS CONFIG – GTS config
error. Config service req’d.
The GTS and GDU have incompatible
configurations. This alert is also set when the GTS
has an invalid mode S address configured or the
mode S address does not match both XPDR mode
S addresses.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GTS 800 has incorrect software installed. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed.
The system should be serviced.
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
Index
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 231
Hazard
Avoidance
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has
failed.
Appendix
Flight
Management
A failure has been detected in the GPS2 receiver.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2
needs service. Return unit for The receiver may still be available. The system
should be serviced.
repair.
Audio Panel
and CNS
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 receiver.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1
needs service. Return unit for The receiver may still be available. The system
should be serviced.
repair.
EIS
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. Position
error.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA1
communication halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only
one is SBAS capable.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA2
communication halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only
one is SBAS capable.
INSIDE ARSPC – Incoming
call.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
INVALID ADM – Invalid
ADM: ATN communication
halted.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly
and therefore will not be able to communicate
with the ground network.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot
navigate locked flight plan.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a
stored flight plan that contains locked waypoint.
Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update
flight plan with current waypoint.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of
LOI – GPS integrity lost.
Crosscheck with other NAVS. flight.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software The MFD has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication
halted.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
MFD SOFTWARE – MFD
mismatch, communication
halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
MFD TERRAIN DSP – MFD
Terrain awareness display
unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required
for TAWS in the specified GDU is missing or invalid.
MFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card
1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified
PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – MFD1
calibration. Return for repair.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot
be found or is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
MFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card
2 is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the
specified MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card
1 was removed. Reinsert
card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of
the specified MFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
232 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The SD card was removed from the bottom card
slot of the specified MFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1
config error. Config service
req’d.
The MFD configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The detected a failure in the basemap database.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the basemap
database.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView
database (optional feature). Ensure the data card is
properly programmed if present. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts
database (optional feature). Ensure the data card is
properly programmed if present. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
navigation database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the navigation
database. Attempt to reload the navigation
database. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the obstacle
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU,
but is missing on the specified LRU.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe
Taxi database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 233
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
MFD1 CARD 2 REM – Card
2 was removed. Reinsert
card.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU,
but is missing on the specified LRU.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be
serviced.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1
has poor cooling. Reducing
power usage.
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key
name] Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The
system should be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 MANIFEST – MFD1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1
needs service. Return unit for system should be serviced.
repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1
remote transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer
switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1
needs service. Return unit for NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
The system should be serviced.
repair.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2
remote transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer
switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2
needs service. Return unit for NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
The system should be serviced.
repair.
NON WGS84 WPT – Non
WGS 84 waypoint for
navigation -[xxxx]
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not
calculated based on the WGS84 map reference
datum and may be positioned in error as displayed.
Do not use GPS to navigate to the selected nonWGS84 waypoint.
234 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe
Taxi database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU,
but is missing on the specified LRU.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key
name] Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The
system should be serviced if the problem persists.
PFD1 MANIFEST – PFD1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 235
Index
PFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card 1 The SD card was removed from the top card slot of
was removed. Reinsert card. the specified PFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
Appendix
The obstacle database is present on another LRU,
but is missing on the specified LRU.
Annunciations
& Alerts
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database missing.
Abnormal
Operation
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database error
exists.
AFCS
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation
database. Attempt to reload the navigation
database. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error
exists.
Flight
Management
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap
database.
Audio Panel
and CNS
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
basemap database error
exists.
EIS
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config The PFD configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should
error. Config service req’d.
be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has
poor cooling. Reducing
power usage.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Advisory
Comments
PFD1 CARD 2 REM– Card 2
was removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card
slot of the specified PFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
PFD1 CARD 1 REM ERR –
Card 1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified
PFD contains invalid data.
PFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2
is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the
specified PFD contains invalid data.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The
system should be serviced.
service. Return unit for
repair.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has The PFD voltage is low. The system should be
low voltage. Reducing power serviced.
usage
PILOT RADIOS MUTED –
Pilot radios are muted.
The pilot radios are set on mute.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad geometry.
Bad parallel track geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: invalid leg type.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: past IAF.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
REGISTER GFDS – Data
services are inoperative,
register w/Connext.
The system is not registered with Connext, or its
current registration data has failed authentication.
SCHEDULER [#] –
Message criteria entered by the user.
SLCT FREQ – Select
appropriate frequency for
approach.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach
frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select
the correct frequency for the approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on
CDI for approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the
correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct
NAV receiver.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn
ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
STRMSCP FAIL –
Stormscope has failed.
Stormscope has failed. The system should be
serviced.
SURFACEWATCH
DISABLED – Too far north/
south.
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
236 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain
database of sufficient resolution (9 arc-second or
better) is not currently installed.
SW MISMATCH – GDU
software version mismatch.
Xtalk is off.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
SYSTEM CONFIG – SYSTEM
config error. Config service
req’d.
The system configuration has changed
unexpectedly. The system should be serviced.
TERRAIN AUD CFG –Trn
Awareness audio config
error. Service req’d
TAWS is disabled because the audio configuration
is invalid. The system should be serviced.
TERRAIN DISABLED –
Terrain Awareness DB
resolution too low.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of
sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is
not currently installed.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has
expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has
expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic
device has failed.
The system is no longer receiving data from the
traffic system. The traffic device should be serviced.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn
Awareness audio source
unavailable
Terrain Awareness audio is unavailable. The system
should be serviced.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t
reach current vertical
waypoint.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached
within the maximum flight path angle and vertical
speed constraints. The system automatically
transitions to the next vertical waypoint.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 237
Index
SVT DISABLED – Terrain DB
resolution too low.
Appendix
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is
not within the boundaries of the installed terrain
database.
Annunciations
& Alerts
SVT DISABLED – Out of
available terrain region.
Abnormal
Operation
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
Additional
Features
SURFACEWATCH
INHIBITED – Surfacewatch
inhibited.
AFCS
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or
more invalid inputs.
Hazard
Avoidance
SURFACEWATCH FAIL –
One or more inputs invalid.
Flight
Management
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid
configurable alerts.
Audio Panel
and CNS
SURFACEWATCH FAIL –
Invalid configurable alerts.
EIS
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an
invalid audio configuration.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
SURFACEWATCH FAIL –
Invalid audio configuration.
Comments
VNV– UNAVAILABLE.
Excessive crosstrack error.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV– UNAVAILABLE.
Parallel course selected.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV– UNAVAILABLE.
Unsupported leg type in
flight plan.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn,
vector, or other unsupported leg type prior to the
active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical
guidance to the active vertical waypoint.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
waypoint -[xxxx]
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the
waypoint name.
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 –
Datalinik: ADS-B 1090
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL –
Transponder: XPDR1 is
unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not
transmitting position.
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC –
Transponder: ADS-B traffic
has failed
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
information.
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT –
Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1
config error. Config service
req’d.
The transponder configuration settings do not
match those of backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic:
ADS-B In traffic alerting has
failed.
ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
There is no communication with the transponder.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink:
ADSB-B in has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B
information.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
EIS
The current track angle error exceeds the limit,
causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Message Advisory
VNV– UNAVAILABLE.
Excessive track angle error.
Flight
Management
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
238 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
XPDR1 PRES ALT –
Transponder: ADS-B no
pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XTALK ERROR – A flight
display crosstalk error has
occurred.
The MFD and PFDs are not communicating with
each other. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
The system has detected an under temperature
condition in the transponder. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
under temp.
Flight
Management
The transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in the transponder. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
EIS
XPDR1 OVER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
over temp.
Flight
Instruments
Message Advisory
XPDR1 FIS-B WX – Datalink: The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
FIS-B Weather has failed.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 239
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
BLANK PAGE
240 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
APPENDIX
Softkey Function
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Softkey Names
(displayed)
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (press)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Softkey On Softkey Subdued
EIS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the displays. The softkeys shown
depend on the softkey level previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkey labels
can be used to select the appropriate softkey. There are three types of softkeys. One selects
a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey label displayed as green
(on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by the
softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of
the chosen option. The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys
available for the selected function. Also, these softkeys revert to the previous level after 45
seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled, the softkey label is subdued
(dimmed).
Figure 69 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
AFCS
PFD Softkeys
Map/HSI
Level 3
Level 4
Description
Displays the PFD Map
display settings softkeys.
Layout
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 241
Index
Displays the PFD Map
selection softkeys.
Appendix
Level 2
Annunciations
& Alerts
Level 1
Abnormal
Operation
The following table describes PFD Softkey functions. Softkeys which display another
set of softkeys are indicated in the table by showing the given set as an increased level.
For example, the Map/HSI Softkey is shown in the Level 1 column. When pressed, the
Map/HSI Softkey will display another set of softkeys and these softkeys are explained in
the Level 2 column. If a softkey on Level 2 provides yet another set of softkey functions,
those new available softkeys are then explained in the Level 3 column, etc.
Additional
Features
The PFD softkeys provide control over the PFD display and some flight management
functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). Each softkey
sublevel has a Back Softkey which can be pressed to return to the previous level. If new
messages remain after acknowledgement, the Alerts Softkey will show “Message” in
black text with a white background. The Alerts Softkey is visible in all softkey levels.
For the top level softkeys and the transponder (XPDR) levels, the Ident Softkey remains
visible.
Level 1
Level 2
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 3
Description
Removes the PFD map
from display (Inset or
Traffic).
Inset Map
Displays the Inset Map.
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Trfc
Replaces the Inset Map
with a dedicated traffic
display.
HSI Trfc
Detail
Level 4
Map Off
Replaces the HSI Map with
a dedicated traffic display.
Selects desired amount of
map detail:
• All (No Declutter): All
Hazard
Avoidance
map features visible.
• Detail
1:
Removes
everything except for the
active flight plan.
AFCS
• Detail 2: Declutters land
and SUA data.
Additional
Features
• Detail 3: Declutters land
data.
Traffic
• Topo:
Displays
topographical data (e.g.,
coastlines, terrain, rivers,
lakes) and elevation scale
on PFD Map.
• REL:
Displays relative
terrain information on the
PFD Map.
• Off: Removes terrain
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
TER
Displays traffic information
on PFD Map.
242 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 3
Level 4
Description
Displays METAR
information on PFD Map
(subscription optional).
Lightning
Adds/removes the display
of SiriusXM lightning
information on PFD Map
(optional).
STRMSCP
Adds or removes the
display of Stormscope
information on the PFD
Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when
the function is on. When
the function is off, the
annunciator is gray.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 243
Index
Replaces the PFD Map
with a dedicated traffic
display. The default display
is the Inset Map.
Appendix
Selects the data link
weather source for the
PFD Map.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Datalink
Abnormal
Operation
Disables lightning function
on PFD Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when
the lightning function is
off.
Additional
Features
LTNG Off
AFCS
METAR
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays Connext weather
and coverage on PFD
Map.
Displays XM NEXRAD
weather and coverage on
PFD Map (subscription
optional).
Flight
Management
PRECIP
or
NEXRAD
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays/removes the
name of the selected data
link weather provider
(SiriusXM) and the
weather product icon and
age box (for enabled
weather products).
EIS
TFC Map
Level 2
WX LGND
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
PFD Opt
Description
Displays second-level
softkeys for additional PFD
options.
SVT
Displays additional SVT
overlay softkeys. (optional)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Pathways
Enables synthetic terrain
depiction.
Displays compass heading
along the Zero-Pitch line.
APT Sign
Displays position markers
for airports within
approximately 15 nm of
the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers
are displayed when the
airport is within
approximately 9 nm.
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
AOA
Displays Pathway Boxes on
the Synthetic Vision
Display.
HDG LBL
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Terrain
Wire
Additional
Features
Level 4
Displays power lines on
the Synthetic Vision
Display.
Selects the display mode
of the AOA Indicator
(optional).
• Off: Disables the display
Annunciations
& Alerts
of the AOA Indicator on
the PFD.
• Auto: Enables automatic
Appendix
display of the AOA
Indicator on the PFD
when the angle of attack
is ≥ 0.2, or when flaps are
extended.
Index
• On: Enables the display
of the AOA Indicator on
the PFD.
Wind
Displays the wind option
softkeys.
244 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Off
Description
Wind information not
displayed.
Option 2
Headwind/Tailwind and
crosswind components
and wind direction arrow.
Option 3
Wind direction arrow with
direction and speed.
Bearing 1
Cycles the Bearing 1
Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2,
GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance
information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Displays the sensor
selection softkeys.
ADC
ADC 1
Selects the #1 ADC.
ADC 2
Selects the #2 ADC.
Displays the AHRS
selection softkeys.
Selects the #1 AHRS.
AHRS 2
Selects the #2 AHRS.
ALT Units
Displays softkeys to select
altitude unit parameters.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 245
Index
Cycles the Bearing 2
Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2,
GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance
information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Appendix
Bearing 2
Annunciations
& Alerts
AHRS 1
Abnormal
Operation
AHRS
Additional
Features
Displays ADC selection
softkeys.
AFCS
Sensors
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays DME Information
(optional).
Flight
Management
DME
Audio Panel
and CNS
Wind direction arrow and
speed.
EIS
Option 1
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Level 1
Level 2
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
STD Baro
Level 4
Description
When enabled, displays
overlays altimeter with
meters.
IN
Press to display the BARO
setting as inches of
mercury.
HPA
Press to display the BARO
setting as hectopascals.
Sets barometric pressure
to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa
if metric units are selected)
and returns to top-level
softkeys.
OBS
Selects OBS mode on the
CDI when navigating by
GPS (only available with
active leg). When OBS is
on, the softkey
annunciator is green.
CDI
Cycles through GPS,
NAV1, and NAV2
navigation modes on the
CDI.
ADF/DME
Displays the ADF/DME
Tuning Window, allowing
selection and tuning of
the ADF and DME
(optional).
XPDR
Displays the transponder
selection softkeys.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Level 3
Meters
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Standby
Selects transponder
Standby Mode
(transponder does not
reply to any
interrogations).
On
Activates transponder
(transponder replies to
identification
interrogations).
246 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Automatically enters the
VFR code (1200 in the
U.S.A. only).
BKSP
Removes numbers
entered, one at a time.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displays Timer
‘References’ Window.
Abnormal
Operation
Activates the Special
Position Identification (SPI)
pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
Additional
Features
Activates the Special
Position Identification (SPI)
pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
AFCS
Activates the Special
Position Identification (SPI)
pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the
transponder return on the
ATC screen.
Hazard
Avoidance
Ident
Flight
Management
Ident
Use numbers to enter
code.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays transponder code
selection softkeys 0-7.
EIS
VFR
0–7
Tmr/Ref
Description
Altitude Reporting Mode
(transponder replies to
identification and altitude
interrogations).
Code
Ident
Level 4
Alt
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 247
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’
Window.
Alerts
Displays the Alerts
Window when pressed.
System generated
messages cause the Alerts
Softkey label to change to
a flashing ‘Message’ label.
Pressing the Message
Softkey opens the Alerts
Window, acknowledges
the message, and the
softkey reverts to the
‘Alerts’ label.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
MFD Softkeys
The MFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS,
NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). There are many softkey functions available
on the MFD depending on the page group and screen selected.
The following table provides an example of the MFD Softkey functions accessed from
the Navigation Map screen. Further information concerning softkeys providing more
navigation and flight planning functions may be found in the Flight Management
Section. Terrain, traffic, and weather softkey descriptions may be found in the Hazard
Avoidance section. Further description of optional equipment and corresponding
softkey functions may be found in the Additional Features Section.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Engine
Appendix
Description
Displays EIS - Engine Page and
second-level engine softkeys;
select again to exit page (see the
EIS Section for more
information).
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Table 35 PFD Softkeys
Anti-Ice
Index
Description
Nearest
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Displays Anti-Ice Softkeys.
Left
Selects manual mode and opens
the left tank valve and closes the
right tank valve.
Auto
Selects Auto Tank Mode.
Right
Selects manual mode and opens
the right tank valve and closes
the left tank valve.
248 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Declutters the Engine
Temperatures Box removing bars
and temperatures readouts.
Assist
Identifies temperature peaks.
Fuel-W&B
EIS
DCLTR
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Displays Initial Usable Fuel Page
and softkeys.
Resets initial usable fuel to tabs.
Undo
Rejects the last entry and resets
to the previous entry.
W&B
Saves the usable fuel amount
shown on the Initial Usable Fuel
Page and displays the Weight
and Balance Page.
Map Opt
Displays second level Map
Options softkeys
Displays traffic information on
Navigation Map Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second
level softkeys.
FPL PROG
Displays Flight Plan Progress
window.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displays VSD inset on Navigation
Map Page. The softkey
annunciator is green when the
VSD is displayed.
Abnormal
Operation
VSD
Removes VSD/Flight Plan
Progress Inset from Navigation
Map Page.
Additional
Features
Off
AFCS
Traffic
Hazard
Avoidance
Tabs
Flight
Management
Resets initial usable fuel to full.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Full
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 249
Level 1
Level 2
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Description
VSD
[Mode]
Displays VSD profile information
of terrain/obstacles along the
current track, vertical track
vector, and selected altitude
depending on the mode
selected..
Automatically displays
either VSD profile information
for active flight plan information
or along current track with no
active flight plan.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Auto:
• FPL:
Displays VSD profile
information for active flight
plan.
• TRK:
Displays VSD profile
information along current track.
TER
Displays terrain on the map;
cycles through the following:
• Off:
No terrain information
shown on MFD Map.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Level 3
Displays topographical
data (e.g., coastlines, terrain,
rivers, lakes) and elevation scale
on MFD Map.
Additional
Features
• Topo:
information on the MFD Map.
AWY
• On: All airways are displayed.
• LO: Only low altitude airways
Appendix
are displayed.
• HI: Only high altitude airways
are displayed.
STRMSCP
Index
Displays airways on the map;
cycles through the following:
• Off: No airways are displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
• REL: Displays relative terrain
Displays Stormscope information
on Navigation Map Page
(optional).
250 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Displays XM lightning
information on Navigation Map
Page (optional).
METAR
Displays METAR information on
PFD Map (subscription optional).
Legend
Displays legends for the
displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
Detail
Selects desired amount of map
detail; cycles through the
following levels:
visible.
Hazard
Avoidance
• Detail All: All map features
Flight
Management
XM LTNG
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displays XM NEXRAD weather
and coverage on Navigation
Map Page (optional).
EIS
NEXRAD
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
• Detail-3: Declutters land data.
SUA data.
• Detail-1:
Charts
When available, displays optional
airport and terminal procedure
charts (optional).
Show Map displays the
applicable ‘WPT — Airport
Information’ Page upon the map
for the chart currently selected.
Chart displays the chart for the
‘WPT — Airport Information’
Page that is currently selected
and returns to the Charts Level
2 Softkeys.
Info
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 251
Index
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2
Softkey returns to the airport
diagram when the view is on a
different chart.
Appendix
Show Map
or
Chart
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displays chart display settings
softkeys (if available).
Abnormal
Operation
CHRT Opt
Additional
Features
Removes everything
except for the active flight plan.
AFCS
• Detail-2: Declutters land and
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
DP
Displays standard terminal arrival
procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure
chart.
WX
Displays weather information.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTAM
Checklist
Displays NOTAM information for
selected airport, when available.
When available, displays optional
checklists.
Table 36 MFD Navigation Map Page Softkeys
Loading Updated Databases
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ system messages
will be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the Aux Database Page.
Databases may be loaded through Garmin Pilot and Flight Stream 510. When loading
databases through Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510, it must be enabled on the
system and the multimedia card inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Additional
Features
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in
maintenance being required to reboot the system.
Abnormal
Operation
AFCS
Description
Displays departure procedure
chart.
STAR
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
The cycles and dates for both standby and active databases are displayed on the “Aux –
Databases” page on the MFD. Any active databases with expiration dates in the past will
be highlighted with amber text. When an expired active database has a standby database
that is ready to become effective, a cyan double-sided arrow will be displayed between the
database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it indicates that the standby and active
databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle, activating the current
standby database. Databases can also be manually selected (or deselected) by highlighting
a list item and pressing the ENT key, provided a valid, verified standby database is
present.
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features.
252 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
The navigation database contains the aeronautical data used by the system for the flight
management and flight planning functions. Included is detailed data for waypoints,
procedures (arrivals, departures, approaches), and airways. The navigation database is
updated every 28 days.
Flight
Instruments
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as
rivers, lakes, and towns. It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no
expiration date.
EIS
AFCS
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports
throughout the U.S. or worldwide, respectively. The AOPA Directory offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of
thousands of FBOs. These databases are updated every 56 days. The AC-U-KWIK
Directory offers detailed information for more than 8,000 airports with runways longer
than 3,000 feet worldwide.
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data,
but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Flight
Management
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential
hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is
very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not
be contained in the obstacle database. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. These databases are updated
periodically and have no expiration date.
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These
diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft
position on the map in relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This
database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
Additional
Features
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This
database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration
date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
Abnormal
Operation
Appendix
The IFR/VFR charts database contains VFR and IFR raster charts. The VFR Charts are
digital representations of the Sectional Aeronautical Charts and Terminal Area Charts. The
IFR Charts include both IFR High (designed for navigation at or above 18,000 ft) and IFR
Low (designed for navigation below 18,000 ft). IFR/VFR Charts are updated every 28 days
except for Canadian IFR/VFR Charts which are updated every 56 days.
Annunciations
& Alerts
The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not
updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer function. The
ChartView database must be purchased directly from Jeppesen, but can be update d at
jeppesen.com or flygarmin.com.
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 253
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
Database Updates Using A Supplemental Data (SD) Card
EIS
All databases are updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
When the card is inserted, the databases on the card will be copied to standby and
synchronized across all powered, configured units. After update, the card is removed
and the databases are stored on the system. When in standby, databases are not
immediately available for use, but stored to be activated at a later time.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the
‘Aviation Databases’ section of the Garmin website (fly.garmin.com). Once the updated
files have been downloaded from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD
card reader is used to unpack and program the new databases onto an existing
Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
Flight
Management
• Windows-compatible PC computer
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or
equivalent
Hazard
Avoidance
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
• Supplemental SD Cards
AFCS
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database
features.
1)
With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the bottom SD card slot of the
MFD.
2)
Download the databases and install them on an SD card.
3)
Put the SD Card in the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
4)
Turn the system ON.
5)
Press the ENT Key or the right most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the
startup screen.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
8)
Monitor the Sync Status on the Database page. Wait for all databases to
complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being displayed. A cyan double
arrow will appear between the Standby and Active columns to show which
Standby databases will be transferred to Active at the next power cycle.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Updating Databases using an SD Card:
254 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the Standby Database
column.
Hazard
Avoidance
9)
Flight
Management
Figure 70 Databases Page before Activation of Standby Databases
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
Additional
Features
11) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the restart of
the system, or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
AFCS
10) Press the Restart Softkey. A 10 second restart countdown will appear.
Abnormal
Operation
12) Remove the SD card from the bottom slot of the MFD.
14) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 255
Index
15) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Appendix
13) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 71 Database Restart
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Figure 72 Databases Page with Updated Databases
16) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
a)
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
18) Remove power from the system.
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux Databases page):
1)
Insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
2)
Press the Update softkey when the Database Update screen appears.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
17) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
256 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Figure 73 Database Update Available
The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode. The following screen will appear.
Audio Panel
and CNS
3)
Flight
Management
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
5)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section). The ‘WI-FI Not Connected’ screen will close when
the WI-FI connection is established.
6)
When the transfer is complete, the following screen will appear.
AFCS
4)
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 74 Starting Database Transfer
Additional
Features
Press the Close softkey.
8)
When an existing database is expired and a new one is ready to become active,
a ‘Database Expired’ window will appear. Continue to the next step to restart
the system.
Annunciations
& Alerts
7)
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 75 Database Transfer Complete
Appendix
Index
Figure 76 Database Expired
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 257
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
Select the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
10) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
12) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
9)
Abnormal
Operation
14) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
Index
Appendix
13) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 77 Databases Page with Updated Databases
a)
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
258 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
4)
Press the Device Softkey.
5)
The Aux - Databases page will show the databases connected to the mobile
device in place of the active databases on the system. Databases selected to
load will be indicated by a cyan arrow.
6)
Press the Update softkey. The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode.
7)
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
8)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section).
9)
The Database Update status will appear in the Status window at the top of the
page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
With the system OFF, insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom
slot of the MFD.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
AFCS
11) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
13) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Abnormal
Operation
12) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
Additional
Features
10) Select the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished .
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 259
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Figure 78 Databases Page with Updated Databases
14) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
15) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
a)
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
16) Remove power from the system.
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the
navigation database. At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that
presently being used by the AHRS. If the system determines the MV DB needs to be
updated, a prompt is displayed on the Navigation Map Page.
Figure 79 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
260 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, as seen in “GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database
Update Prompt” Figure, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is
displayed as shown in Figure 80.
Flight
Instruments
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
2)
3)
Additional
Features
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is
displayed as shown in Figure 82.
AFCS
Figure 81 GRS2 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Hazard
Avoidance
When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed,
as seen in Figure 81.
Flight
Management
Figure 80 Uploading Database to GRS1
Abnormal
Operation
4)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 82 Uploading Database to GRS2
When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 261
Index
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed.
Each listed type of symbol can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display
each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the symbols from the map using the Detail
Softkey is also discussed.
Appendix
Map Symbols
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Land Symbols
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Default Range
(nm)
Max Range (nm)
User Waypoint
25
40
Highways and
Roads
N/A
N/A
Interstate Highway
(Freeway)
50
400
International
Highway (Freeway)
50
400
US Highway
(National
Highway)
15
150
State Highway
(Local Highway)
2.5
100
4
25
Railroads
(RAILROAD)
7.5
25
Large City (>
200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (>
50,000)
50
400
Small City (>
5,000)
25
100
State/Province
400
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude
(LAT/LON)
1
1000
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Land Symbols
Symbol
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Local Road (Local
Road)
N/A
Table 37 Land Symbol Information
Index
Aviation Symbols
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
262 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Large Airport (Longest
Runway >8100 ft)
100
1000
Medium Airport (8100 ft
> Longest Runway
>5000 ft, or Longest
Runway < 5000 ft with
control tower)
50
400
Small Airport (Longest
Runway < 5000 ft
without control tower)
25
150
1.5
5
Flight
Management
7.5
150
N/A
N/A
Intersection (INT)
25
40
Non-directional Beacon
(NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
N/A
N/A
Visual Reporting Point
(VRP)
25
1000
Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
N/A
N/A
Symbols
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
See Additional Features
Missed Approach
Preview On/Off (Missed
APR)
N/A
Hazard
Avoidance
Runway Extension
EIS
Max Range
(nm)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Default
Range
(nm)
Aviation Symbols
AFCS
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 263
Index
Table 38 Aviation Symbol Information
Appendix
N/A
Annunciations
& Alerts
(VNAV Constraints)
Show All (show all
constraints within flight
plan if VNAV Constraints
are ‘On’ above)
Abnormal
Operation
N/A
Additional
Features
VOR Compass Rose
On/Off
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Airspace Symbols
The following items are configured on the airspace menu:
Symbol
Default
Range
(nm)
Max Range
(nm)
Smart Airspace On/Off
N/A
N/A
N/A
Airspace Altitude Labels
(Airspace ALT LBL) On/Off:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS
B/TMA)
50
150
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS
C/TCA)
50
100
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
10
100
Alert/Prohibited/Restricted/
Warning Areas (RESTRICTED)
50
100
Military Operations Area
[MOA(MILITARY)]
50
250
Other/Air Defense Interdiction
Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
50
250
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Airspace Symbols
• Class B Airspace
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class C Airspace
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class D Airspace
Altitude Label (ceiling)
Table 39 Airspace Symbol Information
Index
Appendix
Symbol Setup
All navigation maps can display land, aviation and airspace symbols. Symbol types
(e.g. runway extensions, railroads) can be removed individually. The range sets the
maximum range at which items appear on the display. For example, enabling “Runway
Extension” displays a dashed line on the map extending from each runway of an airport
in the flight plan when the range is set at or below the value of the map settings option.
264 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Map Pointer (when panning)
EIS
Elevation Pointer (on Topography Scale when panning)
Measuring Pointer
Wind Vector
Audio Panel
and CNS
Overzoom Indicator
Flight
Management
User Waypoint
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
AFCS
Displayed when aircraft GPS location is valid, but heading is invalid.
Hazard
Avoidance
Parallel Track Waypoint
Top of Descent (TOD)
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
Additional
Features
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02184–01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 265
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
BLANK PAGE
266 Cockpit Reference Guide for Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin 190–02184–01 Rev. A
INDEX
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Blue-Select Mode................................. 26
Audio Panel
and CNS
B
EIS
C
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
I-1
Abnormal
Operation
COM Tuning Failure............................179
Comparator Annunciations.................180
Connext Data Request
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext
Data Requests:................................105
Connext Data Requests
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in
Progress:......................................... 104
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext
Weather information:..................... 104
Crew Alerting System (CAS)
AdvisoryAnnunciations....................196
CAS Annunciations......................... 192
CAS Message Prioritization............. 190
Caution Annunciations................... 194
Display Inhibits................................192
Message Advisory Alerts................. 197
Warning Messages..........................193
Additional
Features
Abnormal GPS Conditions.................. 179
Abnormal Operations for Garmin
Connext Weather............................... 197
ADS-B Traffic
Changing the altitude range:.......... 126
Airport
Nearest Airport Information on MFD. 38
Nearest Airport Information on PFD.. 38
Nearest Surface/Runway Length Match
.........................................................39
Select & Review by ID, name, or
location............................................ 37
Viewing Destination..........................38
Viewing Runway Information............ 38
Airspace
Changing altitude buffer distance..... 46
Displaying/Removing Alt Labels......... 46
Reviewing Information...................... 33
Selecting and Viewing Alert
Information.......................................47
Turning On or Off Alert..................... 46
Turning Smart Airspace On/Off..........47
Airway
Adding to Flight Plan........................ 58
Displaying and Removing.................. 36
Selecting Range................................ 36
Along Track Offset
Entering Offset Distance................... 67
Altitude Constraint
Chart................................................ 74
Deleting a Manual Entry....................76
Deleting Database-Generated........... 76
Entering/Modifying........................... 75
Invalid Causes................................... 75
Modifying system calculated............. 76
Reverting Manual back to Original.... 76
Annunciations.................................... 189
Power Up........................................177
Approach
Activating a Loaded With Vectors to
Final..................................................84
Activating a Previously Loaded.......... 84
Loading Into Active FP Using PROC Key
.........................................................81
Loading into Active from Nearest
Airport Page..................................... 82
Loading into Stored FP...................... 60
Loading/Activating w/MENU Key.......84
Removing from Active FP.................. 83
Arrival
Loading into Active FP with PROC Key
.........................................................80
Loading into Stored FP...................... 59
Removing from Active FP.................. 81
Auto-designation..................................73
Auto-Tuning
COM................................................ 19
NAV..................................................21
Flight
Instruments
A
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
Crew Profile....................................... 220
Creating......................................... 172
Deleting..........................................173
Exporting to SD Card...................... 175
Import/Export Messages..................220
Importing from SD Card..................174
Renaming....................................... 173
Selecting an Active Profile............... 173
D
Databases
Information.....................................178
Updating from any MFD Page......... 256
Updating from the Aux - Databases
Page............................................... 259
Updating Using an SD Card............ 254
Dead Reckoning Mode....................... 185
Departure
Loading Into Active FP using PROC Key
.........................................................79
Loading Into Stored FP...................... 59
Removing from Active FP.................. 80
Direct-To
Cancelling.........................................50
Manual Course Selection.................. 49
Reselecting Direct from Present Position
.........................................................49
Direct-To Destination
Entering waypoint, facility, or city......47
Selecting Active Flight Plan Waypoint 48
Selecting Any Waypoint.................... 48
Selecting Nearby Airport................... 49
Selecting Nearest, Recent, or User
Waypoint.......................................... 48
Selecting Waypoint with Pointer........49
DME Pairing......................................... 22
Index
Appendix
E
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)....
168
Emergency Frequency.........................179
Entering Aircraft Load...........................86
Entering the taxi fuel weight.................87
I-2
F
Flight Plan
Activating Pending............................55
Adding Airway..................................58
Deleting All Pending......................... 56
Deleting Pending.............................. 55
Exporting to SD Card........................ 53
Ignore Pending Transfer from Wireless
.........................................................54
Import/Export Messages..................219
Importing from an SD Card............... 52
Previewing Pending Transfer from
Wireless............................................ 53
Flight Plan, Active
Activating Leg...................................64
Adding Waypoint to Active............... 57
Approach Loading Using Nearest Pg. 82
Approach Loading Using PROC Key.. 81
Approach, Removing........................ 83
Arrival Loading with PROC Key......... 80
Arrival, Removing..............................81
Changing Active FP Comment.......... 67
Changing View................................. 68
Closest Point in Active FP to a WPT... 69
Collapsing/Expanding Airways in Active
.........................................................69
Creating Active................................. 50
Creating/Adding User Waypoints to
Active............................................... 57
Deleting Active................................. 65
Deleting Airway from Active............. 66
Deleting Procedure from Active.........66
Deleting Waypoint from Active......... 65
Departure Loading............................ 79
Departure, Removing........................ 80
Exiting User-Defined Hold................. 71
Inverting Active.................................65
Missed Approach, Activating.............84
Procedure Loading............................ 79
Removing User-Defined Hold............ 71
Split Screen Map Display................... 68
Split Screen with Charts.................... 68
User-Defined Hold at Direct-to WPT.. 70
User-Defined Hold at PP.................... 70
User-Defined Hold at WPT.................69
INDEX
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Navigation
Dead Reckoning Mode....................185
Navigation Data Bar
Changing a Field...............................31
AFCS
N
Hazard
Avoidance
Holding
Creating User-Defined at Active FP WPT
.........................................................69
Creating User-Defined at Direct-To WPT
.........................................................70
Creating User-Defined at Present
Position.............................................70
Editing User-Defined......................... 71
Exiting Active FP User-Defined Hold...71
Removing Active FP User-Defined Hold
.........................................................71
Removing Off-Route User-Defined Hold
.........................................................72
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
Adjusting the Selected Heading:......... 3
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
.................................................. 260, 261
Manual Tuning
COM................................................ 19
NAV............................................20, 21
Map
Airspace Symbols............................ 264
Aviation Symbols............................ 262
Land Symbols..................................262
Symbol Setup..................................264
METARs and TAFs
Displaying original METAR text
information on the PFD Inset Map:..110
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height Alerting
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height and bug.....................6
Missed Approach
Activating in Active FP.......................84
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Power Up........................................177
Softkeys..........................................248
Flight
Management
H
M
Audio Panel
and CNS
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Dead Reckoning Mode....................185
L
Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
Failure.............................................189
Loading and activating a visual approach
............................................................ 85
EIS
G
Intersection
Selection...........................................39
Flight
Instruments
Flight Plan, Stored
Activating Stored on MFD................. 61
Adding a Waypoint........................... 56
Adding Approach............................. 60
Adding Arrival...................................59
Adding Departure............................. 59
Changing Stored FP Comment..........63
Copying Stored FP on MFD............... 61
Creating Stored................................ 51
Deleting Airway from Stored............. 62
Deleting Procedure from Stored........ 62
Deleting Stored (All) FPs.................... 64
Deleting Stored FP............................ 64
Deleting Waypoint from Stored.........62
Inverting/Activating Stored on MFD...61
Storing Active from Page or Window 60
Storing Pending................................ 54
Viewing Stored FP Info......................60
Frequency Spacing................................20
I
Index
Intercom...............................................23
Intercom Modes................................... 24
I-3
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
Navigation Map
Auto North Up..................................31
Changing Orientation....................... 31
Configuring Automatic Zoom........... 32
Decluttering......................................35
Displaying Topo data on MFD............34
Panning............................................ 32
Setting Topographic Display.............. 34
Setting up Additional Group Items.... 37
Setting up Land, Aviation or Airspace35
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather
product on PFD maps:.....................107
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
Changing the NEXRAD coverage
region:............................................105
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather
information on MFD navigation maps:
.......................................................105
Non-Directional Beacon (NDB)
Selection...........................................39
Normal Operating Mode.....................178
P
Parallel Track
Activating......................................... 67
Cancelling.........................................68
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Map Decluttering..............................36
Power Up........................................177
Setting Topographic Display.............. 34
Softkeys..........................................241
Procedure Loading
Available Procedures at Airport......... 78
Into Active FP from Information Page 79
R
Relative Terrain Symbology......... 118, 201
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations.....182
Runway
Selection...........................................37
S
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:... 109
I-4
Softkeys
Function......................................... 241
Multi Function Display (MFD).......... 248
Primary Flight Display (PFD)............. 241
Speaker................................................ 23
Split Screen
Displaying Active FP Map.................. 68
Viewing Charts and Active FP............68
Split-PA Mode...................................... 23
Stormscope........................................ 113
SVT in Reversionary Mode.................. 183
SVT Operation
Activating and deactivating Pathways. 6
Enabling and disabling SVT................. 6
SVT Troubleshooting...........................183
SVT Unusual Attitudes........................ 184
T
TA Alerting Conditions....................... 213
TAS Theory of Operation.................... 209
TAS/TCAS I Surveillance Volume and
Symbology......................................... 210
TAS/TCAS I Traffic
Customizing traffic display.............. 125
TAS/TCAS I Operating Mode........... 124
TAWS-B...................................... 117, 200
Temperature Compensation Altitude
Cancelling.........................................86
Manually Activating.......................... 85
Terrain Displays
FLTA Alerting...................................123
Vertical Situation Display................. 122
Terrain Proximity......................... 117, 200
Terrain-SVT................................. 117, 200
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
.......................................................... 204
Topography
Display/Remove Scale........................35
Range Setting................................... 34
Transponder Code Entry....................... 22
Transponder Mode Selection................ 22
INDEX
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Activating Direct-To...........................72
Altitude Constraints.......................... 73
Enabling/Disabling Guidance.............72
Entering Along-Track Offset for WPT.50
Modifying VS TGT and FPA............... 72
Procedure WPT Manual Designation..74
Removing Altitude Constraint........... 50
WPT Manual Designation..................74
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)
Disabling...........................................77
Enabling........................................... 77
VHF Omni-directional Range (VOR)
Selection...........................................40
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
Selection...........................................40
Voice Alerts........................................ 221
Vspeed Bugs
Enabling/disabling Individual Vspeed
Reference Bugs................................... 1
Flight
Management
V
Audio Panel
and CNS
User Waypoint
Changing Storage Duration Setting...45
Creating from Information Page........41
Creating from Map Pages................. 42
Creating/Adding to Active FP............ 57
Deleting All.......................................45
Deleting Individual............................ 45
Renaming......................................... 44
Resetting Comments to Automate.... 44
Selection...........................................41
Using The Stormscope Page................114
EIS
U
W
Waypoint
Adding to Active FP.......................... 57
Adding to Stored FP..........................56
Change Existing WPT to Present
Position.............................................44
Editing Comment or Location........... 43
Measuring bearing/distance between33
Reviewing Information...................... 33
Selecting for Waypoint Mode............88
Weather Data Link (XM) Page Softkeys. 95
Weather Data Link Page Softkeys
Setting up and customizing the
Weather Data Link Page:.................101
Weather Product Map Overlay
Showing/removing the weather legend
on the Navigation Map Page:..........103
Weather Product Map Overlays
Enabling/disabling the weather product
icon and age display (PFD maps):.... 104
Setting up and customizing weather
data for the navigation maps:......... 103
Weight and Balance
Entering Fuel Reserves Weight.......... 87
Entering initial usable fuel on board.. 87
Viewing the zoomed CG Graph........ 86
Flight
Instruments
Trip Statistics
Calculations via Manual Data Entry... 88
Selecting Automatic or Manual Page
Mode................................................87
Selecting Flight Plan and Leg.............88
Selecting Flight Plan or Waypoint Mode
.........................................................88
Index
I-5
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
BLANK PAGE
I-6
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising